2012 Chevy Impala Owner's Manual Baltimore, Maryland
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

2012 Chevy Impala Owner's Manual Baltimore, Maryland

on

  • 2,127 views

Information on the 2012 Chevy Impala features and benefits.

Information on the 2012 Chevy Impala features and benefits.
For more information please visit www.jerryschevrolet.com.

Statistics

Views

Total Views
2,127
Slideshare-icon Views on SlideShare
2,127
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
1
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

    2012 Chevy Impala Owner's Manual Baltimore, Maryland 2012 Chevy Impala Owner's Manual Baltimore, Maryland Presentation Transcript

    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) 2012 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Keys, Doors, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-22 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-35 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-40 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-27 Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39 Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-45 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 2012 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Special Application Vehicle Data Recording and Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Additional Maintenance Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Recommended Fluids, OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-11 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-13 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Introduction iii Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language copy of this For vehicles first sold in Canada, manual can be obtained from your substitute the name "General dealer or from: Motors of Canada Limited" for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à ladresse this manual including, but not limited Keep this manual in the vehicle for suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, quick reference. the CHEVROLET Emblem, IMPALA, Helm, Incorporated and the IMPALA Emblem are P.O. Box 07130 trademarks and/or service marks of Detroit, MI 48207 General Motors LLC, its 1-800-551-4123 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Numéro de poste 6438 de langue This manual describes features that française may or may not be on your specific www.helminc.com vehicle either because they are options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual. Litho in U.S.A. © Part No. 20864990 B Second Printing 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) iv Introduction Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number information relating to a specific where it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicles warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Introduction v Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature } : Power information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps / : Remote Vehicle Start the Index. # : Fog Lamps > : Safety Belt Reminders 9 : Airbag Readiness Light . : Fuel Gauge 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor # : Air Conditioning + : Fuses d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam M : Windshield Washer Fluid % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls ® Changer or OnStar j : LATCH System Child $: Brake System Warning Light Restraints
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) vi Introduction 2 NOTES
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) In Brief 1-1 In Brief Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8 Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Performance and Maintenance Traction Control Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Electronic Stability Instrument Panel Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-10 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-17 Initial Drive Information Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-18 Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-18 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Roadside Assistance Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-14 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-7 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 1-2 In Brief Instrument Panel
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) In Brief 1-3 A. Air Vents on page 8‑4. L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Initial Drive B. Remote Trunk Release Button. page 5‑2. See Trunk on page 2‑9. M. Cruise Control on page 9‑30. Information C. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. N. Hood Release. See Hood on This section provides a brief See Turn and Lane-Change page 10‑5. overview about some of the Signals on page 6‑4. important features that may or may O. Data Link Connector (DLC) not be on your specific vehicle. D. Instrument Cluster on (Out of View). See Malfunction page 5‑10. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑16. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be E. Hazard Warning Flashers on P. Horn on page 5‑3. found later in this owner manual. page 6‑3. Q. Steering Wheel Controls on F. Driver Information Center (DIC) page 5‑3 (If Equipped). Remote Keyless Entry on page 5‑23. R. Ignition Positions on page 9‑15. (RKE) System G. Passenger Airbag Status S. Climate Control Systems on The RKE transmitter is used to Indicator on page 5‑14. page 8‑1. remotely lock and unlock the doors H. Infotainment on page 7‑1. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from T. Power Outlets on page 5‑8. the vehicle. I. Exterior Lamp Controls on U. Center Console Shift Lever page 6‑1. (If Equipped). See Shifting Into J. Instrument Panel Illumination Park on page 9‑19. Control on page 6‑5. Dome Lamp Control. See Dome Lamps on page 6‑6. K. Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑27 (If Equipped).
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 1-4 In Brief Press L and hold for more than When the vehicle starts, the parking two seconds to sound the panic lamps will turn on and remain on as alarm. long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate Press L again to cancel the panic control system may come on. alarm. The engine will continue to run for See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a Keyless Entry (RKE) System 10-minute time extension. Remote Operation on page 2‑3. start can be extended only once. Canceling a Remote Start Remote Vehicle Start To cancel a remote start: With this feature the engine can be Press K to unlock the driver door. started from outside of the vehicle. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Press again within five seconds to vehicle and press and hold / unlock all remaining doors. Starting the Vehicle until the parking lamps turn off. Press Q to lock all doors. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the . Turn on the hazard warning vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can flashers. be personalized. See Vehicle 2. Press and release Q. . Turn the ignition on and then Personalization on page 5‑35 for 3. Immediately after completing back off. additional information. Step 2, press and hold / until See Remote Vehicle Start on Press and hold V for the turn signal lamps flash. page 2‑5. approximately one second to open the trunk. Press L and release to locate the vehicle.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) In Brief 1-5 Door Locks Trunk Release Windows Manual Locks To open the trunk from the outside, From outside the vehicle, use the press V on the RKE transmitter. key in the door or the Remote See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to System Operation on page 2‑3. lock or unlock the vehicle. From the Or, use the key in the lock cylinder, inside, pull up or push down on the if equipped. manual door lock knobs. See Door Locks on page 2‑6. Power Door Locks Power door lock switches are located on the front doors near the handle. The power window switches are on Q: Press the bottom of the switch the driver door armrest. Each to lock all doors. passenger door has a switch that controls only that window. K : Press the top of the switch to To lower the window, press and hold unlock all doors. the front of the switch to the first For more information, see: position until the window is at the To open the trunk from the inside, desired level. To raise the window, . Power Door Locks on page 2‑7. press V. See Trunk on page 2‑9. pull up and hold the front of the . Delayed Locking on page 2‑7. switch. For more information, see Power Windows on page 2‑16.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 1-6 In Brief Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see “Manual See Power Seat Adjustment on Reclining Seatbacks” under page 3‑4. Manual Seats Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. Power Reclining Seatback Power Seats To adjust a manual seat: To adjust a power seatback, 1. Lift the bar under the front edge To adjust a power seat, if equipped: if equipped: of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. . Move the seat forward or . Tilt the top of the control rearward by sliding the control rearward to recline. 2. Slide the seat to the desired forward or rearward. position and release the bar. . Tilt the top of the control forward . Raise or lower the front or rear to raise. 3. Try to move the seat back and of the seat cushion by moving forth to be sure the seat is See “Power Reclining Seatbacks” the front or rear of the control up under Reclining Seatbacks on locked in place. or down. page 3‑5. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) In Brief 1-7 Manual Lumbar Second Row Seats Safety Belts On vehicles with the flip and fold feature, the bottom seat cushions can be flipped forward and the seatback folded down to create an extended cargo area. The vehicle also has an under seat storage area. See Rear Seats (Split Folding) on page 3‑8. Head Restraint Adjustment Move the lever up or down to Refer to the following sections for increase or decrease lumbar Do not drive until the head restraints important information on how to use support. for all occupants are installed and safety belts properly. adjusted properly. See Lumbar Adjustment on . Safety Belts on page 3‑10. page 3‑4. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback . How to Wear Safety Belts recline angle as little as necessary Properly on page 3‑11. while keeping the seat and the head . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑12. restraint height in the proper position. . Lap Belt on page 3‑17. See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 . Lower Anchors and Tethers for and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑41.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 1-8 In Brief Passenger Sensing Mirror Adjustment System Exterior Mirrors The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbags, United States seat‐side impact airbags, and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by this. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started. Canada See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑26 for important information. Controls for the outside power mirrors are on the driver door armrest. Press the left or right side of the selector located above the control pad to adjust the driver or passenger mirror. Then press the control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) In Brief 1-9 Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Vehicles with a manual rearview Adjustment Dome Lamp mirror can be adjusted by holding the mirror in the center to move it for The center mounted dome lamp a clearer view behind the vehicle. overhead comes on when a door is Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from opened. This lamp can also be the headlamps behind. Pull the turned on by turning the instrument lever, located at the bottom of the panel brightness control clockwise. mirror for nighttime use. Return the Reading Lamps lever to its original position for the day position. See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2‑14. On vehicles with an automatic dimming rearview mirror, the mirror The tilt wheel lever is located on the will automatically adjust to reduce left side of the steering column. the glare of lights from behind the vehicle. See Automatic Dimming To adjust the steering wheel: Rearview Mirror on page 2‑15. 1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever The vehicle has reading lamps that toward you. also act as the dome lamp. Press 2. Move the steering wheel up the button near each lamp to turn or down. them on and off. 3. Release the lever to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 1-10 In Brief Map Lamps P : Briefly turn to this position to Windshield Wiper/Washer The vehicle has map lamps on the manually turn the automatic lamp rearview mirror. Push the button control and Daytime Running near each lamp to turn the map Lamps (DRL) off or on. For vehicles lamps on and off. first sold in Canada, the off position only works when the vehicle is For more information on interior shifted into the P (Park) position. lighting, see: AUTO: Automatically operates the . Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps and other exterior lamps Control on page 6‑5. at normal brightness. . Courtesy Lamps on page 6‑5. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, instrument panel lights, taillamps, Exterior Lighting and license plate lamps. 2 : Turns on the headlamps and The lever is located on the left side other exterior lamps. of the steering column. # : (If Equipped) Turns on the fog 8: Single wipe, turn to 8 , then lamps. release. Several wipes, hold the For more information, see: band on 8 longer. . Exterior Lamp Controls on 9 : Turns the windshield page 6‑1. wipers off. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. The exterior lamps control is located . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/ on the instrument panel to the left of Automatic Headlamp System on the steering wheel. page 6‑3.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) In Brief 1-11 6: Turn the band up for more Climate Controls frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating, cooling, defrost, defog, and ventilation can be controlled with either of these 6 : Slow wipes. systems. ? : Fast wipes. Windshield Washer Push the paddle L at the top of the lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4. Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger Heated B. Outside Air Seats (If Equipped) C. Recirculation G. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control H. Rear Window Defogger E. Air Conditioning
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 1-12 In Brief Single Zone A. Fan Control E. Air Delivery Mode Control B. Outside Air F. Air Conditioning C. Temperature Control G. Rear Window Defogger D. Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on page 8‑1.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) In Brief 1-13 Vehicle Features f : Select radio stations. © ¨ : Seek or scan stations. Radio(s) 4 : For vehicles with RDS, press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA song. If information is available during XM or CD playback, the song title information displays on the top line of the display and artist information displays on the bottom line. When information is not available, “No Info” displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Infotainment on page 7‑1. Storing a Favorite Station Depending on which radio the vehicle has, radio stations are Radio with CD (Base) stored as either favorites or presets. For radios with a FAV button, a O: Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between maximum of 36 stations can be and off. Turn to increase or FM1, FM2, AM, or XM™ stored as favorites using the decrease the volume. (if equipped) on the Radio with 6 softkeys located below the radio CD (Base).
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 1-14 In Brief station frequency tabs and by using 2. To increase or decrease the XM satellite radio has a the radio FAV button. Press FAV time, do one of the following wide variety of programming and to go through up to 6 pages of while the hours or minutes are commercial-free music, coast to favorites, each having 6 favorite flashing: coast, and in digital-quality sound. stations available per page. Each page of favorites can contain any . Turn the f knob. A fee is required to receive the XM service. combination of AM, FM, or XM . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. stations. For more information, refer to: For radios without a FAV button, up . Press FWD or s REV. . www.xmradio.com or call to 18 stations (6 FM1, 6 FM2, and 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) 3. Press the H button again until 6 AM), can be programmed on the . www.xmradio.ca or call the clock display stops flashing 6 numbered buttons. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) to set the currently displayed See Operation on page 7‑2. time, or wait five seconds until See Satellite Radio on page 7‑8. the flashing stops and the Setting the Clock current time displayed is Portable Audio Devices To set the time for the Radio with automatically set. CD (Base): This vehicle may have an auxiliary For detailed instructions on setting input jack, located on the audio 1. Press the H button until the hour the clock for your specific audio faceplate. External devices such as begins flashing on the display. system, see Clock on page 5‑6. iPods®, MP3 players, etc. can be Press H a second time and the connected to the auxiliary input jack minutes begin flashing on the Satellite Radio using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack display. XM is a satellite radio service based cable. in the 48 contiguous United States See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” and 10 Canadian provinces. under Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑18.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) In Brief 1-15 Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls c / x : Press to go to the previous radio station stored as a For vehicles with a Bluetooth favorite, the next track if a CD is system, it allows users with a playing, reject an incoming call, Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to or end a current call. make and receive hands-free calls using the vehicle’s audio system SRCE: Press to choose between and controls. the radio, CD, and auxiliary input jack. The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone must be paired with the Bluetooth + e − e : Press to increase or system before it can be used in the decrease volume. vehicle. Not all phones will support all functions. For more information, ¨ : Press to go to the next radio visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. station while in AM, FM, or XM. Press to go to the next track or For more information, see Bluetooth If equipped, these controls are chapter while sourced to the CD. on page 7‑19. located on the right side of the For more information, see Steering steering wheel. Wheel Controls on page 5‑3. w : Press to go to the next radio station stored as a favorite, or the next track if a CD is playing. b / g : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. Press and hold longer than two seconds to interact with the OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 1-16 In Brief Cruise Control +RES: Press briefly to make the Power Outlets vehicle resume to a previously set speed, or press and hold to The vehicle has three 12‐volt outlets accelerate. which can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell SET−: Press to set the speed and phone or MP3 player. activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. On vehicles with a center console, one outlet is located inside the [ : Press to disengage cruise center floor console and two outlets control without erasing the set are located at the front of the speed from memory. console bin under the instrument For more information, see Cruise panel. Control on page 9‑30. On vehicles without a center console, two are located under the The cruise control buttons are climate controls and another outlet located on the left side of the for the rear seat passengers is at steering wheel. the rear of the center front seat. J: Press to turn cruise control on Remove the cover to access and and off. The indicator is lit when replace when not in use. cruise control is on. See Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) In Brief 1-17 Performance and Electronic Stability Tire Pressure Monitor Maintenance Control (ESC) This vehicle may have a Tire The Electronic Stability Control Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Traction Control system assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult System (TCS) driving conditions. The system turns The vehicle may have a traction on automatically every time the control system which limits vehicle is started. wheel spin. The system turns on . To turn off both traction control automatically every time the vehicle and ESC, press and hold the is started. The TPMS warning light alerts you ESC OFF button Y located on to a significant loss in pressure of . For vehicles with traction control, press and release the ESC the instrument panel until g one of the vehicles tires. If the illuminates and the appropriate warning light comes on, stop as OFF button Y located on the DIC messages display. See Ride soon as possible and inflate the instrument panel to turn off Control System Messages on tires to the recommended pressure traction control. The appropriate page 5‑31. shown on the Tire and Loading DIC message displays. See Information label. See Vehicle Load . Press and release the ESC OFF Ride Control System Messages Limits on page 9‑10. The warning on page 5‑31. button Y again to turn on both light will remain on until the tire . Press and release the ESC OFF systems. pressure is corrected. button Y again to turn on For more information, see Electronic traction control. Stability Control (ESC) on page 9‑29. For more information, see Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑27.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 1-18 In Brief During cooler conditions, the low tire Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel pressure warning light may appear when the vehicle is first started and 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING Economy on the DIC. then turn off. This may be an early Driving habits can affect fuel indicator that the tire pressures are 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET mileage. Here are some driving tips getting low and the tires need to be button on the DIC for more than to get the best fuel economy inflated to the proper pressure. five seconds. The oil life will possible. change to 100%. The TPMS does not replace normal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate monthly tire maintenance. It is the See Engine Oil Life System on smoothly. driver’s responsibility to maintain page 10‑10. . Brake gradually and avoid correct tire pressures. abrupt stops. See Tire Pressure Monitor System Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . Avoid idling the engine for long on page 10‑41. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge periods of time. and a yellow fuel cap can use either Engine Oil Life System unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel . When road and weather containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). conditions are appropriate, use The engine oil life system calculates See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on cruise control. engine oil life based on vehicle use page 9‑36. For all other vehicles, and displays a DIC message when . Always follow posted speed use only the unleaded gasoline limits or drive more slowly when it is necessary to change the engine described under Recommended oil and filter. The oil life system conditions require. Fuel on page 9‑33. should be reset to 100% only following an oil change.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1) In Brief 1-19 . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. Roadside Assistance Online Owner Center . Program The Online Owner Center is a Combine several trips into a complimentary service that includes single trip. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 online service reminders, vehicle . Replace the vehicles tires with TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 maintenance tips, online owner the same TPC Spec number manual, special privileges, Canada: 1-800-268-6800 molded into the tires sidewall and more. near the size. As the owner of a new Chevrolet, Sign up today at: you are automatically enrolled in the . Follow recommended scheduled Roadside Assistance program. U.S.: chevrolet.com (click on maintenance. “Owners,” then “Manage My See Roadside Assistance Program Chevrolet/Owners Login”) on page 13‑5. Canada: chevroletowner.ca Roadside Assistance and OnStar If you have an active OnStar OnStar® subscription, press the Q button If equipped, this vehicle has a and the current GPS location will be comprehensive, in-vehicle system sent to an OnStar advisor who will that can connect to a live Advisor assess your problem, contact for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Roadside Assistance, and relay Connection, and Diagnostic your exact location to get the help Services. See OnStar Overview on you need. page 14‑1 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1) 1-20 In Brief 2 NOTES
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1 Keys, Doors, and Doors Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-14 Windows Vehicle Security Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . 2-11 Windows Keys and Locks Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-12 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Exterior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Roof System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows Keys and Locks If you are locked out of your vehicle, contact Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program on Keys page 13‑5 for more information. With an active OnStar subscription, { WARNING an OnStar Advisor may remotely Leaving children in a vehicle with unlock the vehicle. See OnStar the ignition key is dangerous for Overview on page 14‑1. many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even Remote Keyless Entry killed. They could operate the (RKE) System power windows or other controls See Radio Frequency Statement on The key can be used for the ignition or even make the vehicle move. page 13‑15 for information and the drivers door. If the vehicle The windows will function with the is a taxi model, the key can also be regarding Part 15 of the Federal keys in the ignition and children used in the trunk. Communications Commission (FCC) could be seriously injured or killed rules and Industry Canada if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a replacement Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. window. Do not leave the keys in key or additional key is needed. a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always carry a spare key.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3 If there is a decrease in the RKE when Q is pressed again within operating range: five seconds. See Vehicle . Check the distance. The Personalization on page 5‑35 for transmitter may be too far from additional information. the vehicle. Pressing Q may arm the content . Check the location. Other theft‐deterrent system. See vehicles or objects may be Anti-theft Alarm System on blocking the signal. page 2‑11. . Check the transmitters battery. K (Unlock): Press once to unlock See “Battery Replacement” later the driver door. If K is pressed in this section. again within five seconds, all . If the transmitter is still not With Remote Start Shown, Without remaining doors unlock. The interior working correctly, see your Remote Start Similar lamps come on and stay on for dealer or a qualified technician / (Remote Vehicle Start): For 20 seconds or until the ignition is for service. vehicles with this feature, press to turned on. If enabled through the start the engine from outside the DIC, the parking lamps flash twice Remote Keyless Entry vehicle using the RKE transmitter. to indicate unlocking has occurred. (RKE) System Operation See Remote Vehicle Start on See Vehicle Personalization on page 2‑5 for additional information. page 5‑35. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter functions work up to Q (Lock): Press to lock all the Pressing K on the RKE transmitter 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. doors. If enabled through the Driver disarms the content theft‐deterrent Information Center (DIC), the system. See Anti-theft Alarm There are other conditions which parking lamps flash once to indicate System on page 2‑11. can affect the performance of the locking has occurred. If enabled transmitter. See Remote Keyless through the DIC, the horn chirps Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows V (Remote Trunk Release): When the replacement transmitter Press and hold for about is programmed to the vehicle, all one second to open the trunk. The remaining transmitters must also be transmission must be in P (Park). programmed. Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the L (Vehicle Locator/Panic new transmitter is programmed. Alarm): Press and release to Each vehicle can have up to eight locate the vehicle. The turn signal transmitters programmed to it. See lamps flash and the horn sounds your dealer to program new three times. Press and hold L for transmitters. more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm. The turn signal Battery Replacement lamps flash and the horn sounds Replace the battery if the REPLACE repeatedly for 30 seconds. The To replace the battery: BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY alarm turns off when the ignition is message displays in the DIC. See 1. Separate the transmitter with a turned to ON/RUN or L is pressed “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE flat, thin object, such as a flat again. The ignition must be in KEY” under Key and Lock head screwdriver. LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm Messages on page 5‑31 for . Carefully insert the tool to work. additional information. into the notch located along Programming Transmitters to Notice: When replacing the the parting line of the battery, do not touch any of the transmitter. Do not insert the Vehicle the tool too far. Stop as circuitry on the transmitter. Static Only RKE transmitters programmed from your body could damage the soon as resistance is felt. to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter. . Twist the tool until the transmitter is lost or stolen, a transmitter is separated. replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. 2. Remove the old battery. Do not use a metal object.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5 3. Insert the new battery, positive doing so. Check local regulations for 2. Press and release Q , then side facing down. Replace with a any requirements on remote starting immediately press and hold / CR2032 or equivalent battery. of vehicles. for two to four seconds or until 4. Snap the transmitter back Do not use the remote start feature the vehicles turn signal lamps together. if your vehicle is low on fuel. Your flash. The doors will lock. vehicle may run out of fuel. When the vehicle starts, the Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has the remote parking lamps turn on and Your vehicle may have a remote start feature, the RKE transmitter remain on while the engine is starting feature that allows you to functions will have an increased running. start the engine from outside the range of operation. However, the range may be less while the vehicle The remote start feature provides vehicle. It may also start the two separate starts per ignition vehicles heating or air conditioning is running. cycle, each with 10 minutes of systems and rear window defogger. There are other conditions which engine running time, or one start When the remote start system is can affect the performance of the with a time extension. The first start active and the vehicle has an transmitter. See Remote Keyless must expire or be canceled to get automatic climate control system, it Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. two separate 10-minute starts. will automatically regulate the inside temperature. Normal operation of / (Remote Start): This button will If it is the first remote start since the these systems will return after the be on the RKE transmitter if you vehicle has been driven, repeat the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. have remote start. previous steps, while the engine is To start the vehicle using the remote still running, to extend the engine Laws in some communities may running time by 10 minutes from the restrict the use of remote starters. start feature: time you repeat the steps for remote For example, some laws may 1. Aim the transmitter at the starting. The remote start running require a person using remote start vehicle. time can be extended one time and to have the vehicle in view when only after the first remote start.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows After entering the vehicle during a Ignition Positions on page 9‑15 for Door Locks remote start, insert and turn the key information regarding the ignition to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. positions on your vehicle. The engine will shut off The remote vehicle start feature will { WARNING automatically after 10 minutes, not operate if any of the follow Unlocked doors can be unless a time extension has been occur: dangerous. done or the vehicles key is inserted . The vehicles key is in the . Passengers, especially into the ignition switch and turned to ignition. children, can easily open the ON/RUN. . The vehicles hood is open. doors and fall out of a moving To manually shut off a remote start, vehicle. When a door is do any of the following. . The hazard warning flashers locked, the handle will not are on. open it. The chance of being . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and . The check engine light is on. thrown out of the vehicle in a See Malfunction Indicator Lamp crash is increased if the release /. doors are not locked. So, all on page 5‑16. . Turn on the hazard warning passengers should wear flashers. . The engine coolant temperature safety belts properly and the is too high. doors should be locked . Turn the ignition switch out of . The oil pressure is low. whenever the vehicle is LOCK/OFF and then back to driven. LOCK/OFF. . The content theft-deterrent alarm has been activated. . Young children who get into After the engine has been started unlocked vehicles may be two times, or one time with a time . Two remote vehicle starts, unable to get out. A child can extension, the vehicles ignition or one start with a time be overcome by extreme heat must be turned to ON/RUN using extension, have already been and can suffer permanent the key before the remote start provided for that ignition cycle. procedure can be used again. See (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7 WARNING (Continued) Power Door Locks to unlock the doors when the system is armed. See Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑11. injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. Delayed Locking . Outsiders can easily enter This feature allows the driver to through an unlocked door delay the actual locking of the when you slow down or stop doors. When the driver power door the vehicle. Locking the doors lock switch is pressed with the key can help prevent this from removed from the ignition, and the happening. driver door open, a chime will sound three times to signal that the delayed locking system is active. From the outside, use the key in the When all doors have been closed, driver door or use the Remote the doors will lock automatically A power door lock switch is located Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to on both front doors next to the door after several seconds. If any door is lock and unlock the vehicle. From handle. opened before this, the timer will the inside, use the manual or power reset itself once all the doors have door locks. Press the top of the switch to unlock been closed again. all doors or press the bottom of the To lock or unlock the driver side switch to lock all doors. Pressing the driver or passenger door from the outside with the key, power door lock switch again or the insert the key and turn it clockwise If the vehicle has the optional RKE transmitter button will override or counterclockwise. content theft-deterrent system and this feature. it is armed, the power door lock To lock or unlock the door from the switches will be disabled. You must inside, push or pull the manual use the RKE transmitter or the key lock knob.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows Personal Choice Programming settings. For programming To assist in finding the lock, the information, see Vehicle vehicle has the following: The delayed locking feature can Personalization on page 5‑35. be turned on or off, using the Driver Information Center (DIC) to program this feature. See “DELAY Lockout Protection DOOR LOCK” under Vehicle This feature helps prevent you from Personalization on page 5‑35. locking the doors while the key is in the ignition. Always remember to Automatic Door Locks take your key with you when exiting the vehicle. The doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of If the lock switch is pressed on the P (Park). The automatic door locking door that is open and the key is in feature cannot be disabled. the ignition, all of the doors will lock and then the open door will unlock. Programmable Automatic Door A chime sounds continuously until Unlock the driver door is closed. To use the lock: The vehicle is programmed so that 1. Insert the key into the security when the shift lever is moved into Safety Locks lock slot and turn it so the slot is P (Park) all doors will unlock. in the horizontal position. Rear door security locks prevent With the vehicle stopped and the passengers from opening the rear 2. Close the door. engine running, door unlocking can doors from the inside. 3. Do the same for the other be programmed through prompts The rear door security locks are rear door. displayed on the Driver Information located on the inside edge of each Center (DIC). These prompts allow rear door. The rear doors must be the driver to choose various unlock opened to access them.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9 To open a rear door when the Doors security lock is on, do the following: WARNING (Continued) 1. Unlock the door by using the Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system to a setting that transmitter, if the vehicle has one, by pressing the power door { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the lock switch, or by lifting the rear Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate door manual lock. vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index. 2. Open the door from the outside. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with . If the vehicle is equipped with To cancel the rear door any objects that pass through the a power liftgate, disable the security lock: seal between the body and the power liftgate function. trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine For more information about 1. Unlock the door and open it from exhaust contains Carbon the outside. carbon monoxide, see Engine Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Exhaust on page 9‑21. 2. Insert the key into the security seen or smelled. It can cause lock slot and turn it so the slot is unconsciousness and even death. in the vertical position. Trunk Release If the vehicle must be driven with 3. Do the same for the other the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: To open the trunk from the outside, rear door. press V on the RKE transmitter. . Close all of the windows. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Fully open the air outlets on System Operation on page 2‑3. or under the instrument panel. Or, use the key in the lock cylinder, if equipped. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Trunk Release Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice: Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie-down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle. The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk, enabling them to open the trunk from the inside. There is a glow-in-the-dark trunk release handle located on the latch To open the trunk from the inside, inside the trunk . This handle will press V. See Trunk on page 2‑9. glow following exposure to light. Pull the release handle to open the trunk The trunk can also be opened by from the inside. lowering the rear seat and pulling the emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk. See Rear Seats (Split Folding) on page 3‑8 and “Emergency Trunk Release Handle” following.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11 Vehicle Security Once armed, the alarm will go off if Arming with the RKE someone tries to enter the vehicle Transmitter This vehicle has theft-deterrent without using the RKE transmitter or features; however, they do not make a key or turns the ignition on with an The alarm system will arm when it impossible to steal. incorrect key. The horn will sound you use your RKE transmitter to and the turn signal lamps will flash lock the doors, if the key is not in Anti-theft Alarm System for about 30 seconds. the ignition. Your vehicle may have the optional When the alarm is armed, the trunk Disarming with the RKE content theft-deterrent alarm may be opened with the RKE Transmitter system. transmitter. The power door lock The alarm system will disarm when switches are disabled and the doors you use your RKE transmitter to To activate the theft-deterrent remain locked. You must use your system: unlock the doors. RKE transmitter or your key to 1. Open the door. unlock the doors when the system is The first time a remote unlock armed. command is received, three flashes 2. Lock the door with the power will be seen and three horn chirps door lock switch or the Remote Arming with the Power Lock heard to indicate an alarm condition Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Switch has occurred since last arming. If you are using the RKE transmitter, the door does The alarm system will arm when Disarming with Your Key not need to be open. you use either power lock switch to lock the doors while any door is The alarm system will disarm when 3. Close all doors. open and the key is removed from you use your key to unlock the the ignition. The alarm system will doors or insert your key in the not arm if the trunk is open when ignition and turn it from the LOCK/ you use either power lock switch to OFF position. lock the doors.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Immobilizer The security light will come on if If the vehicle does start, the first key there is a problem with arming or may be faulty. See your dealer who See Radio Frequency Statement on disarming the theft-deterrent can service the PASS-Key III+ to page 13‑15 for information system. have a new key made. regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) When the PASS-Key III+ system It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ rules and Industry Canada senses that someone is using the decoder to learn the transponder Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. wrong key, it prevents the vehicle value of a new or replacement key. from starting. Anyone using a Up to 10 keys may be programmed Immobilizer Operation trial-and-error method to start the for the vehicle. The following vehicle will be discouraged because procedure is for programming This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ of the high number of electrical key additional keys only. If all the (Personalized Automotive Security codes. currently programmed keys are lost System) theft-deterrent system. or do not operate, you must see If the engine does not start and the PASS-Key III+ is a passive your dealer or a locksmith who can security light on the instrument theft-deterrent system. service PASS-Key III+ to have keys panel cluster comes on when trying The system is automatically armed to start the vehicle, there may be a made and programmed to the when the key is removed from the problem with the theft-deterrent system. ignition. system. Turn the ignition off and try See your dealer or a locksmith who The system is automatically again. can service PASS-Key III+ to get a disarmed when the key is turned to If the engine still does not start, and new key blank cut exactly as the ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, the key appears to be undamaged, ignition key that operates the or START from the LOCK/OFF try another ignition key. At this time, system. position. you may also want to check the You do not have to manually arm or fuse. See Fuses and Circuit disarm the system. Breakers on page 10‑29. If the engine still does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13 To program the new additional key: 4. Insert the new key to be Exterior Mirrors 1. Verify that the new key has programmed and turn it to the ON/RUN position within a 1 stamped on it. five seconds of turning the Convex Mirrors 2. Insert the original, already ignition to the LOCK/OFF programmed key in the ignition position in Step 3. { WARNING and start the engine. If the The security light will turn off engine will not start, see your A convex mirror can make things, once the key has been like other vehicles, look farther dealer for service. programmed. away than they really are. If you 3. After the engine has started, turn 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if cut too sharply into the right lane, the key to LOCK/OFF, and additional keys are to be you could hit a vehicle on the remove the key. programmed. right. Check the inside mirror or If you lose or damage your glance over your shoulder before PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer changing lanes. or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to have a new The passenger side mirror is convex key made. shaped. A convex mirrors surface is Do not leave the key or device curved so more can be seen from that disarms or deactivates the the driver seat. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Mirrors 2. Press one of the four buttons Interior Mirrors located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction. Manual Rearview Mirror 3. Adjust each outside mirror so Adjust the inside rearview mirror that a little of the vehicle and the for a clear view of the area behind area behind it can be seen. your vehicle. To avoid glare of the headlamps from behind, push the Keep the selector switch in the tab forward for daytime and pull it center position when not adjusting for nighttime use. either outside mirror. Vehicles with OnStar® have three Heated Mirrors control buttons at the bottom of the mirror. See your dealer for more For vehicles with heated mirrors: information about OnStar and how Controls for the outside power = (Rear Window Defogger): to subscribe to it. See OnStar mirrors are located on the driver Press to heat the outside rearview Overview on page 14‑1. door armrest. mirrors. See “Rear Window 1. Press the left or right side of the Defogger” under Climate Control selector switch located above Systems on page 8‑1 for more the control pad, to select the information. driver or passenger mirror.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15 Automatic Dimming Windows Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic { WARNING dimming inside rearview mirror. Leaving children, helpless adults, Automatic dimming reduces the or pets in a vehicle with the glare from the headlamps of the windows closed is dangerous. vehicle behind you. The dimming They can be overcome by feature comes on and the indicator the extreme heat and suffer light illuminates each time the permanent injuries or even death ignition is turned to start. from heat stroke. Never leave a O (On/Off): Press to turn the child, a helpless adult, or a pet dimming feature on or off. alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy Vehicles with OnStar have three the windows closed in warm or performance. This may result in a additional control buttons for the hot weather. pulsing sound when a window is OnStar system. See your dealer for partially open. To reduce the sound, more information about OnStar and open another window or the sunroof how to subscribe to it. See OnStar (if equipped). Overview on page 14‑1. Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Windows To lower the window, press and hold the front of the switch to the first position until the window is at the { WARNING desired level. To raise the window, Leaving children in a vehicle with pull up and hold the front of the switch. the keys is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could Express-Down Window be badly injured or even killed. The driver window switch has an They could operate the power express-down feature labeled windows or other controls or even AUTO. This lets you lower the make the vehicle move. The window completely without holding windows will function and they the switch. Press the front of the could be seriously injured or killed The switches on the driver door switch to the second position and if caught in the path of a closing armrest are used to control each of release. window. Do not leave keys in a the windows. Each passenger door vehicle with children. has its own window switch. To stop the window while it is lowering, briefly pull up on the When there are children in the The power window switches work switch. while the ignition is in ON/RUN, rear seat use the window lockout ACC/ACCESSORY, or while button to prevent unintentional Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is operation of the windows. active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑18.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17 Window Lockout Sun Visors Roof o (Window Lockout): The driver window switches also include a Sunroof lockout switch. Press the right side of the switch to prevent the rear passengers from using their window switches. The driver can still control all the windows and the front passenger can control their own window with the lockout on. Press the left side of the switch to return to normal window operation. A red bar Pull the sun visor down to block on the right side of the switch glare. Detach the sun visor from the indicates that the lockout is off. center mount to pivot to the side window, or to extend along the rod, if available. On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof switches are on the overhead console.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows The sunroof can only be operated From the vent position, press Dirt and debris may collect on the when the ignition is in ON/RUN this switch again to activate the sunroof seal or in the track. This or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when express-open feature. Press the could cause an issue with sunroof Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is close switch to stop movement of operation, noise or plugging the active. See Retained Accessory the sunroof. The sunshade will water drainage system. Periodically Power (RAP) on page 9‑18. automatically open when using open the sunroof and remove any Q (Vent/Express-Open): Press this express‐open. obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the switch once to vent the sunroof A deflector will automatically pop up sunroof seal and roof sealing area when it is closed. When using the when the sunroof is opened. The using a clean cloth, mild soap, and vent, the sunshade should be fully deflector will retract when the water. Do not remove grease from opened. The sunshade can be sunroof is closed. sunroof. opened or closed manually by R (Close): Press and hold this sliding it rearward or forward. switch until the sunroof motor stops to close the sunroof, or release the switch when the desired position has been reached.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Seats and Restraints 3-1 Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-18 Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Child Restraints Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-38 Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-40 Head Restraints Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-21 for Children (LATCH Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Replacing LATCH System Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Securing Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Securing Child Restraints Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 What Will You See after an (Center Front Seat Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Rear Seats Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints Rear Seats (Split Folding) . . . . . 3-8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 (Right Front Seat Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Adding Equipment to the How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-31 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-32 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Use During Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-17
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 3-2 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints Front Seats The vehicles front seats have { WARNING adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions. With head restraints that are not The height of the head restraint can installed and adjusted properly, be adjusted. Pull the head restraint there is a greater chance that up to raise it. Try to move the head occupants will suffer a neck/ restraint to make sure that it is spinal injury in a crash. Do not locked in place. drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupants head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. To lower the head restraint, press the button located on top of the seatback, and push the head
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Seats and Restraints 3-3 restraint down. Try to move the Front Seats head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. Seat Adjustment The front seat outboard head restraints are not designed to be { WARNING removed. You can lose control of the Rear Seats vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the The vehicles rear seat has head vehicle is moving. The sudden restraints in the outboard seating movement could startle and positions that cannot be adjusted. confuse you, or make you push a The rear seat outboard head To adjust the seat: pedal when you do not want to. restraints are not designed to be Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Lift the bar under the front edge removed. the vehicle is not moving. of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 3-4 Seats and Restraints Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Manual Lumbar The vehicle may have a front center To adjust a power seat, if equipped: seat. There are cupholders on the . Move the seat forward or underside of the seat cushion. To Move the lever up or down to rearward by sliding the control increase or decrease lumbar use them, flip the seat cushion forward or rearward. forward. The seat can also be used support. as a storage area by lowering the . Raise or lower the front or rear seatback. See Center Console of the seat cushion by moving Storage on page 4‑2. the front or rear of the control up or down. The seatback doubles as an armrest for the driver or front The driver seat may have power passenger when the center seat reclining seatbacks. See “Power is unoccupied. Reclining Seatbacks” under Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Seats and Restraints 3-5 Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued) Manual Reclining Seatbacks { WARNING { WARNING For proper protection when the Sitting in a reclined position when vehicle is in motion, have the You can lose control of the the vehicle is in motion can be seatback upright. Then sit well vehicle if you try to adjust a dangerous. Even when buckled back in the seat and wear the manual driver seat while the up, the safety belts cannot do safety belt properly. vehicle is moving. The sudden their job. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The shoulder belt will not be pedal when you do not want to. against your body. Instead, it will Adjust the driver seat only when be in front of you. In a crash, you the vehicle is not moving. could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces { WARNING would be there, not at your pelvic If either seatback is not locked, it bones. This could cause serious could move forward in a sudden internal injuries. stop or crash. That could cause (Continued) injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the Do not have a seatback reclined if seatbacks to be sure they are the vehicle is moving. locked.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 3-6 Seats and Restraints To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. To adjust a power seatback, 2. Move the seatback to the if equipped: desired position, and then release the lever to lock the . Tilt the top of the control seatback in place. rearward to recline. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Tilt the top of the control forward make sure it is locked. to raise.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Seats and Restraints 3-7 Heated Front Seats Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat will { WARNING change to the next lower setting, If you cannot feel temperature and then to the off setting. The lights indicate two for the highest change or pain to the skin, the setting and one for the lowest. seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. To The passenger seat may take reduce the risk of burns, people longer to heat up. with such a condition should use The heated seat are canceled each care when using the seat heater, time the ignition is turned off. To especially for long periods of use this feature after restarting the time. Do not place anything on If available, the buttons are on the vehicle, press the desired button the seat that insulates against climate control panel. To operate, again. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, the ignition must be on. cover, or similar item. This Press L or M to heat the driver or may cause the seat heater to passenger seat cushion and overheat. An overheated seat seatback. heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 3-8 Seats and Restraints Rear Seats Rear Seats (Split Folding) Flip and Fold Feature On vehicles with this feature, the seat cushions flip forward and the seatbacks fold down to create an extended flat cargo area. To flip the seat cushion and fold the seatback: 1. Make sure the front seats are 2. Flip the seat cushion forward 3. Lower the seatback by pulling not reclined. The seat cushion by pulling up on the tab in the forward on the tab on the will not flip forward completely if center of the seat cushion where outboard side of the seatback. the front seats are reclined. the seatback meets the seat cushion.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Seats and Restraints 3-9 To return the seats to the normal 3. Flip the bottom seat cushion position: { WARNING back into place. Push down firmly on the seat cushion to A safety belt that is improperly { WARNING routed, not properly attached, make sure it is secure. or twisted will not provide the When the seat is not in use, the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback should be placed in the could move forward in a sudden protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be upright, locked position, and the stop or crash. That could cause seat cushion should be in the down injury to the person sitting there. seriously injured. After raising the position. Always push and pull on the rear seatback, always check to be seatbacks to be sure they are sure that the safety belts are Under Seat Storage locked. properly routed and attached, and The vehicle has a storage area are not twisted. under the rear seat. See Rear 1. Raise the seatback and make Storage on page 4‑2. sure it latches. 2. Make sure the safety belts are properly stowed over the seatback in all three seating positions.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 3-10 Seats and Restraints Safety Belts Why Safety Belts Work WARNING (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas { WARNING are more likely to be seriously Do not let anyone ride where injured or killed. Do not allow a safety belt cannot be worn passengers to ride in any area of properly. In a crash, if you or your the vehicle that is not equipped passenger(s) are not wearing with seats and safety belts. safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and worse than if you are wearing check that all passenger(s) are When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. In reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other page 5‑13. When you wear a safety belt, you passengers in the vehicle. and the vehicle slow down together. (Continued) There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Seats and Restraints 3-11 safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law sense. requires wearing safety belts. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of safety belt? adult size. A: You could be— whether you are There are special things to know wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3‑33 or Infants of you. and Young Children on page 3‑35. . Always use the correct buckle Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyones should I have to wear safety for your seating position. protection. belts? . Wear the lap part of the belt low It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that systems only; so they work with touching the thighs. In a crash, unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong safety belts— not instead of in crashes than those who are them. Whether or not an airbag pelvic bones and you would be wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 3-12 Seats and Restraints . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. Lap-Shoulder Belt These parts of the body are All seating positions in the vehicle best able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt except for forces. The shoulder belt locks if the center front passenger position there is a sudden stop or crash. (if equipped), which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3‑17 for more { WARNING information. The following instructions explain You can be seriously injured, how to wear a lap-shoulder belt or even killed, by not wearing properly. your safety belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is . Never allow the lap or adjustable, so you can sit up 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull shoulder belt to become straight. To see how, see “Seats” the belt across you. Do not let it loose or twisted. in the Index. get twisted. . Never wear the shoulder belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if under both arms or behind you pull the belt across you very your back. quickly. If this happens, let the . Never route the lap or belt go back slightly to unlock it. shoulder belt over an Then pull the belt across you armrest. more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Seats and Restraints 3-13 Engaging the child restraint Pull up on the latch plate to locking feature in the right front make sure it is secure. If the belt seating position may affect the is not long enough, see Safety passenger sensing system. See Belt Extender on page 3‑17. Passenger Sensing System on Position the release button on page 3‑26. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on 5. To make the lap part tight, pull use and important safety up on the shoulder belt. information. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, check if the correct buckle is being used.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 3-14 Seats and Restraints Adjust the height so the shoulder You can move the adjuster up just portion of the belt is on the shoulder by pushing up on the shoulder belt and not falling off of it. The belt guide. should be close to, but not After the adjuster is set to the contacting, the neck. Improper desired position, try to move it down shoulder belt height adjustment without squeezing the buttons to could reduce the effectiveness of make sure it has locked into the safety belt in a crash. See How position. to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑11. Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard To unlatch the belt, push the button occupants. Although the safety belt on the buckle. The belt should pretensioners cannot be seen, they return to its stowed position. are part of the safety belt assembly. They can help tighten the safety Before a door is closed, be sure the belts during the early stages of a belt is out of the way. If a door is moderate to severe frontal and slammed against a safety belt, near frontal crash if the threshold damage can occur to both the conditions for pretensioner safety belt and the vehicle. activation are met. And, if the Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help The vehicle has shoulder belt height tighten the safety belts in a side Squeeze the buttons (A) on the adjusters for the driver and right crash. sides of the height adjuster and front passenger positions. move the height adjuster to the desired position.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Seats and Restraints 3-15 Pretensioners work only once. If the Here is how to install a comfort pretensioners activate in a crash, guide to the safety belt: they will need to be replaced, and 1. Pull the guide out from the probably other new parts for the pocket on the edge of the vehicles safety belt system. See seatback. Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑18. Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear safety belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have 3. Be sure that the belt is not outgrown booster seats and for twisted and it lies flat. The some adults. When installed and elastic cord must be under the properly adjusted, the comfort guide belt and the guide on top. positions the belt away from the neck and head. 2. Place the guide over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 3-16 Seats and Restraints 4. Buckle, position, and release { WARNING the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make A safety belt that is not properly sure the shoulder portion of the worn may not provide the belt is on the shoulder and not protection needed in a crash. The falling off of it. The belt should person wearing the belt could be be close to, but not contacting, seriously injured. The shoulder the neck. belt should go over the shoulder To remove and store the comfort and across the chest. These parts guide, squeeze the belt edges of the body are best able to take together so that the safety belt can belt restraining forces. be removed from the guide. Slide the guide into the storage pocket on A pregnant woman should wear a the edge of the seatback. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as Safety Belt Use During possible, below the rounding, Pregnancy throughout the pregnancy. Safety belts work for everyone, The best way to protect the fetus is including pregnant women. Like all to protect the mother. When a safety occupants, they are more likely to belt is worn properly, it is more likely be seriously injured if they do not that the fetus will not be hurt in a wear safety belts. crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) Seats and Restraints 3-17 Lap Belt Buckle, position, and release it the Safety Belt Extender same way as the lap part of a This section is only for the lap belt. lap-shoulder belt. If the vehicles safety belt will fasten To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder around you, you should use it. belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on But if a safety belt is not long page 3‑12. enough, your dealer will order you The vehicle may have a center an extender. When you go in to seating position. When you sit in the order it, take the heaviest coat you center front seating position, you will wear, so the extender will be have a lap safety belt, which has no long enough for you. To help avoid retractor. personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To wear it, attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the To make the belt shorter, pull its free instruction sheet that comes with end as shown until the belt is snug. the extender. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑17. Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt To make the belt longer, tilt the latch quickly if necessary. plate and pull it along the belt.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 3-18 Seats and Restraints Safety System Check Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a belt reminder light, safety belts, Crash buckles, latch plates, retractors, and anchorages are all working properly. { WARNING Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. { WARNING damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or serious injury or even death in a frayed, get a new one right away. crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working Make sure the safety belt reminder properly after a crash, have them light is working. See Safety Belt inspected and any necessary Reminders on page 5‑13. replacements made as soon as Keep safety belts clean and dry. possible. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑18. After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1) Seats and Restraints 3-19 See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word belt assemblies inspected or AIRBAG will appear on the middle replaced. The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the airbags: driver and on the instrument panel New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. for the right front passenger. system was not being used at the . A frontal airbag for the right front With seat‐mounted side impact time of the crash. passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will Have the safety belt pretensioners appear on the side of the seatback . A seat‐mounted side impact closest to the door. checked if the vehicle has been in a airbag for the driver. crash, or if the airbag readiness light With roof-rail airbags, the word stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat‐mounted side impact AIRBAG will appear along the or while you are driving. See Airbag airbag for the right front headliner or trim. Readiness Light on page 5‑14. passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement . A roof-rail airbag for the driver the protection provided by safety and passenger directly behind belts. Even though todays airbags the driver. are also designed to help reduce . A roof-rail airbag for the right the risk of injury from the force of an front passenger and passenger inflating bag, all airbags must inflate seated directly behind the right very quickly to do their job. front passenger. All of the airbags in the vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1) 3-20 Seats and Restraints Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING Because airbags inflate with Children who are up against, { WARNING great force and faster than the or very close to, any airbag You can be severely injured or blink of an eye, anyone who is up when it inflates can be seriously killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any injured or killed. Airbags plus wearing your safety belt — even if airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection you have airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. belts, but do not replace them. airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle safety belt Also, airbags are not designed to on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is deploy in every crash. In some forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young crashes safety belts are your only you in position before and during children and infants need the restraint. See When Should an a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑23. belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. Children on page 3‑33 or Infants of hitting things inside the vehicle and Young Children on or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side page 3‑35. are “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in your windows in seating positions with vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags properly — whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags. an airbag for that person.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1) Seats and Restraints 3-21 Where Are the Airbags? There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag The right front passenger frontal Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for airbag is in the instrument panel on more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. middle of the steering wheel.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1) 3-22 Seats and Restraints { WARNING If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put Side Similar Side Similar anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other The seat‐mounted side impact The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering. airbags for the driver and right front right front passenger, and second passenger are in the side of the row outboard passengers are in the Do not use seat accessories seatbacks closest to the door. ceiling above the side windows. that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1) Seats and Restraints 3-23 When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear Inflate? example: impacts, or in many side impacts. Frontal airbags are designed to . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. or near frontal crashes to help at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. injuries mainly to the drivers or right The vehicle has electronic frontal front passengers head and chest. . If the vehicle hits an object that deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing However, they are only designed to system distinguish between a inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more predetermined deployment severe frontal impact. For moderate threshold. Deployment thresholds that does not deform. frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full crash is likely to be in time for the (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. the occupants. than if the vehicle hits a wide object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted side Whether the frontal airbags will or impact and roof-rail airbags. See should deploy is not based on how . If the vehicle goes into an object Airbag System on page 3‑19. fast your vehicle is traveling. at an angle, the airbags could Seat-mounted side impact and It depends largely on what you hit, inflate at a different crash speed roof-rail airbags are intended to the direction of the impact, and how than if the vehicle goes straight inflate in moderate to severe side quickly your vehicle slows down. into the object. crashes. Seat-mounted side impact Thresholds can also vary with and roof-rail airbags will inflate if the specific vehicle design. crash severity is above the systems designed threshold level. The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1) 3-24 Seats and Restraints Roof-rail airbags are not intended to What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag inflate in rollovers or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag Inflate? Restrain? is intended to deploy on the side of In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or the vehicle that is struck. Both system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted roof-rail airbags will deploy when triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering either side of the vehicle is struck. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In In any particular crash, no one airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, can say whether an airbag should of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact have inflated simply because of the the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. damage to a vehicle or because all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection of what the repair costs were. Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal For frontal airbags, inflation is inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the determined by what the vehicle hits, instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the the angle of the impact, and how seat‐mounted side impact airbags, occupants upper body, stopping quickly the vehicle slows down. For there are airbags modules in the the occupant more gradually. seat-mounted side impact and side of the front seatbacks closest Seat-mounted side impact and roof-rail airbags, deployment is to the door. For vehicles with roof-rail airbags distribute the force determined by the location and roof-rail airbags, there are airbag of the impact more evenly over the severity of the side impact. modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, occupants upper body. near the side windows that have But airbags would not help in occupant seating positions. many types of collisions, primarily because the occupants motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑23 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1) Seats and Restraints 3-25 Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer fuel system after the airbags inflate. as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent You can lock the doors, turn off the to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. interior lamps and hazard warning flashers by using the controls for What Will You See after { WARNING those features. an Airbag Inflates? After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there { WARNING may be dust in the air. This dust seat-mounted side impact airbags could cause breathing problems A crash severe enough to inflate inflate, they quickly deflate, so for people with a history of the airbags may have also quickly that some people may not asthma or other breathing trouble. damaged important functions in even realize an airbag inflated. To avoid this, everyone in the the vehicle, such as the fuel Roof-rail airbags may still be at least vehicle should get out as soon as system, brake and steering partially inflated for some time after systems, etc. Even if the vehicle it is safe to do so. If you have they deploy. Some components of appears to be drivable after a breathing problems but cannot the airbag module may be hot for get out of the vehicle after an moderate crash, there may be several minutes. For location of the airbag inflates, then get fresh air concealed damage that could airbag modules, see What Makes an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑24. by opening a window or a door. make it difficult to safely operate If you experience breathing the vehicle. The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag into contact with you may be warm, Use caution if you should attempt deployment, you should seek to restart the engine after a crash but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention. has occurred. be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may In many crashes severe enough to prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn inflate the airbag, windshields are on the interior lamps and hazard broken by vehicle deformation. warning flashers, and shut off the
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1) 3-26 Seats and Restraints Additional windshield breakage may . Let only qualified technicians also occur from the right front work on the airbag systems. passenger airbag. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work . Airbags are designed to inflate properly. See your dealer for only once. After an airbag service. inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. Canada If you do not get them, the Passenger Sensing System The words ON and OFF, or the airbag system will not be there symbol for on and off, will be visible to help protect you in another The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you crash. A new system will include sensing system for the right front are using remote start to start the airbag modules and possibly passenger position. The passenger vehicle from a distance, if equipped, other parts. The service manual airbag status indicator will be visible you may not see the system for your vehicle covers the need on the instrument panel when the check. When the system check is to replace other parts. vehicle is started. complete, either the word ON or the . The vehicle has a crash sensing word OFF, or the symbol for on or and diagnostic module which off, will be visible. See Passenger records information after a Airbag Status Indicator on crash. See Vehicle Data page 5‑14. Recording and Privacy on The passenger sensing system will page 13‑14 and Event Data turn off the right front passenger Recorders on page 13‑14. frontal airbag under certain United States conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐mounted side impact airbags, and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1) Seats and Restraints 3-27 The passenger sensing system A label on the sun visor says, works with sensors that are part of “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) the right front passenger seat. The the front.” This is because the risk to sensors are designed to detect the the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing presence of a properly-seated if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag, no front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) { WARNING system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not or not. A child in a rear-facing child deploy under some unusual According to accident statistics, restraint can be seriously circumstance, even though the children are safer when properly injured or killed if the right front airbag is turned off. secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger airbag inflates. This child restraint for their weight is because the back of the Secure rear-facing child and size. rear-facing child restraint would restraints in a rear seat, even if be very close to the inflating the airbag is off. If you secure a We recommend that children be airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in secured in a rear seat, including: child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; a child injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to an older child riding in a booster passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a seat; and children, who are large position. rear seat. enough, using safety belts. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1) 3-28 Seats and Restraints The passenger sensing system is The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING passenger frontal airbag if: right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever . The right front passenger seat is comes on and stays on, it means unoccupied. person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger that something may be wrong . The system determines that an seat. When the passenger sensing with the airbag system. To help infant is present in a child system has allowed the airbag to be avoid injury to yourself or others, restraint. enabled, the on indicator will light have the vehicle serviced right . A right front passenger takes and stay lit to remind you that the away. See Airbag Readiness his/her weight off of the seat for airbag is active. Light on page 5‑14 for more a period of time. For some children, including information, including important children in child restraints, and for safety information. . Or, if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the very small adults, the passenger passenger sensing system. sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal When the passenger sensing airbag, depending upon the system has turned off the right front persons seating posture and passenger frontal airbag, the off body build. Everyone in the indicator will light and stay lit to vehicle who has outgrown child remind you that the airbag is off. restraints should wear a safety belt See Passenger Airbag Status properly — whether or not there is Indicator on page 5‑14. an airbag for that person.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1) Seats and Restraints 3-29 If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback 1. Turn the vehicle off. and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle seatback is not the vehicle. pushing the child restraint into 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. vehicle head restraint. If this 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head following the directions restraint. See Head Restraints provided by the child restraint on page 3‑2. If a person of adult-size is sitting in manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. the right front passenger seat, but Securing Child Restraints (Right the off indicator is lit, it could be Front Seat Position) on The passenger sensing system may because that person is not sitting page 3‑49 or Securing Child or may not turn off the airbag for a properly in the seat. If this happens, Restraints (Center Front Seat child in a child restraint depending use the following steps to allow the Position) on page 3‑49 or upon the childs seating posture and Securing Child Restraints (Rear body build. It is better to secure the Seat) on page 3‑47. child restraint in a rear seat.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1) 3-30 Seats and Restraints system to detect that person and Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the enable the right front passenger System Operation performance of the passenger frontal airbag: sensing system. Here is how: Safety belts help keep the 1. Turn the vehicle off. passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system 2. Remove any additional material during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger from the seat, such as blankets, braking, which helps the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into cushions, seat covers, seat sensing system maintain the the seat. If this happens, the off heaters, or seat massagers. passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” airbag readiness light on the 3. Place the seatback in the fully in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit. upright position. information about the importance . Liquid pooled on the seat that 4. Have the person sit upright in of proper restraint use. has not soaked in may make it the seat, centered on the seat A thick layer of additional material, more likely that the passenger cushion, with legs comfortably such as a blanket or cushion, sensing system will enable extended. or aftermarket equipment such as (turn on) the passenger airbag 5. Restart the vehicle and have the seat covers, seat heaters, and seat while a child restraint or child person remain in this position for massagers can affect how well occupant is on the seat. If the two to three minutes after the on the passenger sensing system passenger airbag is turned on, indicator is lit. operates. We recommend that you the on indicator will be lit. not use seat covers or other If the passenger seat gets wet, dry aftermarket equipment except when the seat immediately. If the airbag approved by GM for your specific readiness light is lit, do not install a vehicle. See Adding Equipment to child restraint or allow anyone to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on occupy the seat. See Airbag page 3‑31 for more information Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for about modifications that can affect important safety information. how the system operates.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1) Seats and Restraints 3-31 The on indicator may be lit if an Your dealer and the service manual Adding Equipment to the object, such as a briefcase, have information about servicing the handbag, grocery bag, laptop or vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle other electronic device, is put on an purchase a service manual, see Q: Is there anything I might add unoccupied seat. If this is not Service Publications Ordering to or change about the vehicle desired, remove the object from Information on page 13‑11. that could keep the airbags the seat. from working properly? { WARNING A: Yes. If you add things that { WARNING For up to 10 seconds after the change the vehicles frame, bumper system, height, front end Stowing of articles under the vehicle is turned off and the or side sheet metal, they may passenger seat or between the battery is disconnected, an airbag keep the airbag system from passenger seat cushion and can still inflate during improper working properly. Changing or seatback may interfere with the service. You can be injured if you moving any parts of the front proper operation of the passenger are close to an airbag when it seats, safety belts, the airbag sensing system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. sensing and diagnostic module, They are probably part of the steering wheel, instrument airbag system. Be sure to follow panel, roof-rail airbag modules, Servicing the proper service procedures, and ceiling headliner or pillar garnish Airbag-Equipped Vehicle make sure the person performing trim, front sensors, side impact Airbags affect how the vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. sensors, or airbag wiring can should be serviced. There are parts affect the operation of the airbag of the airbag system in several system. places around the vehicle.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1) 3-32 Seats and Restraints In addition, the vehicle has a If you have any questions, call In addition, your dealer and the passenger sensing system Customer Assistance. The service manual have information for the right front passenger phone numbers and addresses about the location of the airbag position, which includes sensors for Customer Assistance are in sensors, sensing and diagnostic that are part of the passengers Step Two of the Customer module and airbag wiring. seat. The passenger sensing Satisfaction Procedure in this system may not operate properly manual. See Customer Airbag System Check if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure on replaced with non-GM covers, page 13‑1. The airbag system does not need upholstery or trim, or with regularly scheduled maintenance or Q: Because I have a disability, replacement. Make sure the airbag GM covers, upholstery or trim I have to get my vehicle designed for a different vehicle. readiness light is working. See modified. How can I find out Airbag Readiness Light on Any object, such as an whether this will affect my aftermarket seat heater or a page 5‑14. airbag system? comfort enhancing pad or Notice: If an airbag covering is device, installed under or on top A: If you have questions, call damaged, opened, or broken, the of the seat fabric, could also Customer Assistance. The airbag may not work properly. Do interfere with the operation of phone numbers and addresses not open or break the airbag the passenger sensing system. for Customer Assistance are in coverings. If there are any This could either prevent proper Step Two of the Customer opened or broken airbag covers, deployment of the passenger Satisfaction Procedure in this have the airbag covering and/or airbag(s) or prevent the manual. See Customer airbag module replaced. For the passenger sensing system Satisfaction Procedure on location of the airbags, see from properly turning off the page 13‑1. Where Are the Airbags? on passenger airbag(s). See page 3‑21. See your dealer for Passenger Sensing System on service. page 3‑26.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1) Seats and Restraints 3-33 Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints replace airbag system parts. See Parts after a Crash your dealer for service. Older Children If the airbag readiness light stays on { WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on may not work properly and page 5‑14. may not protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1) 3-34 Seats and Restraints The manufacturers instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be According to accident statistics, come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the children and infants are safer weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, when properly restrained in a child booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. restraint system or infant restraint lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to system secured in a rear seating passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? position. . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a In a crash, children who are not Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the buckled up can strike other people edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder who are buckled up, or can be return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or children need to use safety belts Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit properly. the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. { WARNING belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” childs pelvic bones in a crash. Never allow more than one child under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the to wear the same safety belt. The page 3‑12 for more information. abdomen, which could cause safety belt cannot properly spread If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal the impact forces. In a crash, they rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. can be crushed together and to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort seriously injured. A safety belt Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on must be used by only one person . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑12. at a time. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1) Seats and Restraints 3-35 WARNING (Continued) Infants and Young Children The child could move too far Everyone in a vehicle needs forward increasing the chance of protection! This includes infants head and neck injury. The child and all other children. Neither the might also slide under the lap distance traveled nor the age and belt. The belt force would then be size of the traveler changes the applied right on the abdomen. need, for everyone, to use safety That could cause serious or fatal restraints. In fact, the law in every injuries. The shoulder belt should state in the United States and in go over the shoulder and across every Canadian province says the chest. children up to some age must be { WARNING restrained while in a vehicle. Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt { WARNING behind their back. A child can be Children can be seriously injured seriously injured by not wearing or strangled if a shoulder belt is the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a wrapped around their neck and crash, the child would not be the safety belt continues to restrained by the shoulder belt. tighten. Never leave children (Continued) unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1) 3-36 Seats and Restraints Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) { WARNING children, but not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicles For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, safety belt system nor its airbag 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when system is designed for them. Every infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured time infants and young children ride 110 kg (240 lb) force on a persons or killed. Never put a rear-facing in vehicles, they should have the arms. An infant should be child restraint in the right front protection provided by appropriate secured in an appropriate seat. Secure a rear-facing child child restraints. restraint. restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, child restraint in a rear seat. If you or can be thrown out of the vehicle. must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat, always move the front { WARNING passenger seat as far back as it Never hold an infant or a child will go. while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1) Seats and Restraints 3-37 For most basic types of child restraints, there are many WARNING (Continued) different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be across the strongest part of an sure it is designed to be used in infants body, the back and a motor vehicle. If it is, the shoulders. Infants should always restraint will have a label saying be secured in rear-facing child that it meets federal motor restraints. vehicle safety standards. The restraint manufacturers instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and { WARNING Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular A young childs hip bones are still add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicles regular are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on A: Add-on child restraints, which available for children with the hip bones, as it should. are purchased by the vehicle special needs. Instead, it may settle up around owner, are available in four basic types. Selection of a particular the childs abdomen. In a crash, restraint should take into { WARNING the belt would apply force on a consideration not only the childs body area that is unprotected by weight, height, and age but also To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone whether or not the restraint will head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal be compatible with the motor need complete support. In a injuries. To reduce the risk of vehicle in which it will be used. crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during a rear-facing child restraint, the crash, young children should crash forces can be distributed always be secured in appropriate (Continued) child restraints.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1) 3-38 Seats and Restraints Child Restraint Systems (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint provides restraint for the childs designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat (A) body with the harness. vehicles safety belt system. provides restraint with the seating A booster seat can also help a child surface against the back of the to see out the window. infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1) Seats and Restraints 3-39 Securing an Add-On Child more information. Children can be use and install child restraints. In Restraint in the Vehicle endangered in a crash if the child the U.S., refer to the National restraint is not properly secured in Highway Traffic Safety the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website to { WARNING locate the nearest child safety seat When securing an add-on child A child can be seriously injured restraint, refer to the instructions inspection station. For CPST or killed in a crash if the child that come with the restraint which availability in Canada, check with restraint is not properly secured in may be on the restraint itself or in a Transport Canada or the Provincial booklet, or both, and to this manual. Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle The child restraint instructions are Securing the Child within the using the vehicle safety belt or important, so if they are not Child Restraint LATCH system, following the available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions Keep in mind that an unsecured { WARNING in this manual. child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured collision or sudden stop and injure or killed in a crash if the child is To help reduce the chance of injury, people in the vehicle. Be sure to not properly secured in the the child restraint must be secured properly secure any child restraint in child restraint. Secure the child in the vehicle. Child restraint the vehicle— even when no child is properly following the instructions systems must be secured in vehicle in it. that came with that child restraint. seats by lap belts or the lap belt In some areas, Certified Child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly (LATCH System) on page 3‑41 for
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1) 3-40 Seats and Restraints Where to Put the Restraint { WARNING WARNING (Continued) According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously Even if the passenger sensing children and infants are safer when system, if equipped, has turned properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates. This off the right front passenger restraint system or infant restraint frontal airbag, no system is system secured in a rear seating is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would fail-safe. No one can guarantee position. be very close to the inflating that an airbag will not deploy We recommend that children and under some unusual airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraints be secured in a rear circumstance, even though child restraint can be seriously seat, including: an infant or a child it is turned off. riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front a child riding in a forward-facing passenger airbag inflates and the Secure rear-facing child child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward restraints in a rear seat, even if booster seat; and children, who are position. the airbag is off. If you secure a large enough, using safety belts. The vehicle may have a forward-facing child restraint in passenger sensing system which the right front seat, always move A label on your sun visor says, “Never put a rear-facing child seat in is designed to turn off the right the front passenger seat as far the front.” This is because the risk to front passenger frontal airbag back as it will go. It is better to the rear-facing child is so great, under certain conditions. secure the child restraint in a if the airbag deploys. rear seat. (Continued) See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑26 for additional information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1) Seats and Restraints 3-41 Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and { WARNING child restraint and the size of the Tethers for Children child restraint, you may not be able A child in a child restraint in the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) center front seat can be badly assemblies or LATCH anchors for injured or killed by the frontal The LATCH system holds a child additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. airbags if they inflate. Never restraints. Adjacent seating secure a child restraint in the This system is designed to make positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. center front seat. It is always child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in better to secure a child restraint in interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the a rear seat. safety belt. child restraint that are made for use Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. Do not use child restraints in the installed, be sure to secure the child Make sure that a LATCH-compatible center front seat position. restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a vehicles safety belts to secure the instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. your vehicle — even when no child Child restraints and booster seats is in it. vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Always make sure the child restraint is properly secured.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1) 3-42 Seats and Restraints When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with Lower anchors (A) are metal A top tether (A, C) anchors the top instructions on how to use the child bars built into the vehicle. There of the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint and its attachments. The are two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into following explains how to attach a LATCH seating position that will the vehicle. The top tether child restraint with these accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint attachments in your vehicle. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the Not all vehicle seating positions or forward movement and rotation of child restraints have lower anchors the child restraint during driving or in and attachments or top tether a crash. anchors and attachments.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1) Seats and Restraints 3-43 Your child restraint may have Lower Anchor and Top Tether a single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with To assist in locating the lower or without the top tether being anchors, each seating position with attached. Others require the top lower anchors has two labels, near tether always to be attached. In the crease between the seatback Canada, the law requires that and the seat cushion. forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child Rear Seat restraint. i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. j (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is on the cover. The top tether anchors are under the covers on the rear seatback filler panel. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1) 3-44 Seats and Restraints Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH WARNING (Continued) System restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment { WARNING to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries restraint will not be able to protect during a crash, attach only one the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint per anchor. child could be seriously injured or killed. Install a LATCH-type child Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint properly using the position without a top tether anchor anchors, or use the vehicle safety { WARNING if a national or local law requires belts to secure the restraint, that the top tether be attached, or if following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured the instructions that come with the came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is child restraint say that the top tether the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck and must be attached. the safety belt continues to According to accident statistics, tighten. Buckle any unused safety children and infants are safer when belts behind the child restraint so properly restrained in a child { WARNING children cannot reach them. Pull restraint system or infant restraint the shoulder belt all the way out Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the Restraint on page 3‑40 for Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. additional information. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1) Seats and Restraints 3-45 Notice: Do not let the LATCH 1.1. Find the lower anchors for 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten attachments rub against the the desired seating the top tether according to vehicle’s safety belts. This may position. your child restraint damage these parts. If necessary, 1.2. Put the child restraint on instructions and the move buckled safety belts to the seat. following instructions: avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child Do not fold the empty rear seat restraint to the lower with a safety belt buckled. This anchors. could damage the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the 2. If the child restraint manufacturer safety belt to its stowed position, recommends that the top tether before folding the seat. be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchor, if equipped. Refer to the attachments to the lower child restraint instructions and . If the position you anchors. If the child restraint the following steps: are using has a fixed does not have lower headrest and you attachments or the desired 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. are using a single seating position does not have 2.2. Push on the depression at tether, route the lower anchors, secure the child the rear of the cover and tether over the head restraint with the top tether and swing the lid open to restraint. the safety belts. Refer to your expose the top tether child restraint manufacturer anchor. instructions and the instructions in this manual.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1) 3-46 Seats and Restraints . If the position you . If you are using a . If you are using a are using has a fixed single tether in the dual tether in the headrest and you center seating center seating are using a dual position without a position without a tether, route the headrest, route the headrest, route the tether around the single tether over dual tether over the head restraint. the seatback. seatback. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1) Seats and Restraints 3-47 Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. { WARNING rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the the LATCH system, you will be A crash can damage the LATCH child restraint to make sure it is system in the vehicle. A damaged using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. LATCH system may not properly If the child restraint has the LATCH Be sure to follow the instructions secure the child restraint, system, see Lower Anchors and that came with the child restraint. resulting in serious injury or Tethers for Children (LATCH Secure the child in the child restraint even death in a crash. To help System) on page 3‑41 for how and when and as the instructions say. make sure the LATCH system is where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is see your dealer to have the needs to be installed in the rear secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, necessary replacements made the Restraint on page 3‑40. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for as soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on page 3‑41 for top tether anchor the seat. If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run and it was being used during a Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor the vehicle safety belt through or may be needed. if a national or local law requires around the restraint. The child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the you how. necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap time of the crash. must be anchored.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1) 3-48 Seats and Restraints 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1) Seats and Restraints 3-49 6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions (Center Front Seat (Right Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑41 for more { WARNING seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See information. A child in a child restraint in the Where to Put the Restraint on 7. Before placing a child in the center front seat can be badly page 3‑40. child restraint, make sure it is injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Never In addition, the vehicle has a securely held in place. To check, passenger sensing system which is grasp the child restraint at the secure a child restraint in the designed to turn off the right front safety belt path and attempt to center front seat. It is always passenger frontal airbag under move it side to side and back better to secure a child restraint in certain conditions. See Passenger and forth. When the child a rear seat. Sensing System on page 3‑26 and restraint is properly installed, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator there should be no more than on page 5‑14 for more information, Do not use child restraints in the 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. including important safety center front seat position. To remove the child restraint, information. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1) 3-50 Seats and Restraints A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing System) on page 3‑41 for how and if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag, no using LATCH. If a child restraint is { WARNING system is fail-safe. No one can secured using a safety belt and it uses a top tether, see for top tether guarantee that an airbag will not A child in a rear-facing anchor locations. deploy under some unusual child restraint can be seriously Do not secure a child seat in a circumstance, even though it is injured or killed if the right front position without a top tether anchor turned off. passenger airbag inflates. if a national or local law requires This is because the back of the Secure rear-facing child that the top tether be anchored, or if rear-facing child restraint would restraints in a rear seat, even if the instructions that come with the be very close to the inflating the airbag is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move In Canada, the law requires that injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far forward-facing child restraints have passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to a top tether, and that the tether be passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a attached. position. rear seat. (Continued) See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑26 for additional information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1) Seats and Restraints 3-51 You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way when the vehicle is started. See buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the Passenger Airbag Status Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is Indicator on page 5‑14. the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. necessary. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicles safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1) 3-52 Seats and Restraints Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbag is off, the off indicator retractor to make sure the in the passenger airbag status retractor is locked. If the indicator will come on and stay on retractor is not locked, repeat when the vehicle is started. Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been 7. Before placing a child in the installed and the on indicator is lit, child restraint, make sure it is see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a securely held in place. To check, Child Restraint” under Passenger grasp the child restraint at the Sensing System on page 3‑26 for safety belt path and attempt more information. to move it side‐to‐side and To remove the child restraint, back‐and‐forth. When the child unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed, let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Storage 4-1 Storage Storage Sunglasses Storage Compartments A storage compartment for sunglasses may be located above Storage Compartments the rearview mirror. Push on the Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Glove Box cover to open the compartment. Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 open it. Armrest Storage Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 For vehicles with a rear seat Cupholders armrest, pull the tab on the armrest Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2 Cupholders may be built into the forward to access it. Additional Storage Features front center console, front portion of Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 the front center seat, and rear armrest of the vehicle.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 4-2 Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage Additional Storage For vehicles with a split folding rear For vehicles with a front center Features seat, there are two storage areas console storage area, open it by underneath. Pull the tab(s) located pulling up on the latch located in the by the passenger side safety belt front of the console cover. There Convenience Net buckle and the driver side rear seat may be a removable tray inside. For vehicles with a convenience net, to access the storage areas. See it is located in the rear. Use it to Rear Seats (Split Folding) on store small loads as far forward as page 3‑8 for more information. possible. The net should not be used to store heavy loads.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Instruments and Controls 5-1 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-22 Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-13 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-14 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-23 5-23 Passenger Airbag Status Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-15 Information Displays Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Driver Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Battery Voltage and Charging Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Electronic Stability Control Brake System Messages . . . . 5-28 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Electronic Stability Control Engine Cooling System Warning Lights, Gauges, and (ESC)/Traction Control Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Indicators System (TCS) Indicator/ Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-30 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-30 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Engine Coolant Temperature Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 5-2 Instruments and Controls Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-30 Controls To adjust the steering wheel: Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-31 1. Hold the wheel and pull the lever Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Ride Control System Steering Wheel toward you. Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Adjustment 2. Move the steering wheel up Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-32 or down. Anti-theft Alarm System 3. Release the lever to lock the Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 steering wheel in place. Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-33 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 Do not adjust the steering wheel Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-34 while driving. Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-35 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-35 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-40 The tilt wheel lever is located on the Universal Remote System left side of the steering column. Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 Universal Remote System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Instruments and Controls 5-3 Steering Wheel Controls w (Next): Press to go to the next SRCE (Source): Press to choose radio station stored as a favorite, between the radio (AM, FM, XM), or the next track if a CD is playing. CD, and auxiliary input jack. c / x (Previous/End): Press to + e − e (Volume): Press to go to the previous radio station increase or to decrease the radio stored as a favorite, go to the next volume. track if a CD is playing, reject an incoming call, or end a current call. ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next radio station while in AM, FM, b / g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press or XM. Press ¨ to go to the next to silence the vehicle speakers only. track or chapter while sourced to Press again to turn the sound on. the CD. For vehicles with OnStar® or Bluetooth® systems, press and Horn hold b / g for longer than Vehicles with audio steering wheel two seconds to interact with those Press near or on the horn symbols controls could differ depending on on the steering wheel pad to sound systems. See OnStar Overview on the vehicles options. Some audio the horn. page 14‑1 and Bluetooth on controls can be adjusted at the page 7‑19 for more information. steering wheel.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 5-4 Instruments and Controls Windshield Wiper/Washer 6 (Low Speed): Slow wipes. { WARNING ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. In freezing weather, do not use Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen the washer until the windshield is to the windshield, carefully loosen or warmed. Otherwise the washer thaw them. Damaged wiper blades fluid can form ice on the should be replaced. See Wiper windshield, blocking your vision. Blade Replacement on page 10‑23. Heavy snow or ice can overload the When the vehicle is low on washer wiper motor. A circuit breaker will fluid, the WASHER FLUID LOW stop the motor until it cools down. ADD FLUID displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) for Windshield Washer 60 seconds. When the ignition is turned off, this message displays Turn the band with the wiper symbol Push the paddle L at the top of the again for three seconds to remind to control the windshield wipers. lever to spray washer fluid on the you that the fluid level is low. 8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn to 8 , windshield. The wipers run for several sweeps and then either stop Until the fluid reservoir is refilled, then release. Several wipes, hold every time the vehicle is started, the or return to the preset speed. The the band on 8 longer. ignition key must be in ACC/ WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID 9 (Off): Turns the windshield ACCESSORY or ON/RUN for this to message displays in the Driver wipers off. work. See Washer Fluid on Information Center (DIC) for page 10‑18. 60 seconds. See Washer Fluid 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Messages on page 5‑35. Turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Instruments and Controls 5-5 Compass To adjust for compass variance, use 2. Find the vehicles current the following procedure: location and variance zone This vehicle may have a compass in number on the map. the Driver Information Center (DIC). Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure Zones 1 through 15 are Compass Zone available. 1. Do not set the compass zone Your dealer will set the correct zone when the vehicle is moving. Only 3. Press V to scroll through and for your location. set it when the vehicle is in select the appropriate Under certain circumstances, P (Park). variance zone. such as during a long distance Press T until PRESS V TO 4. Press 3 until the vehicle cross-country trip or moving to a new state or province, it will be CHANGE COMPASS ZONE heading, for example, N for necessary to compensate for displays. North, is displayed in the DIC. compass variance by resetting the 5. If calibration is necessary, zone through the DIC if the zone is calibrate the compass. See not set correctly. “Compass Calibration Compass variance is the difference Procedure” following. between the earths magnetic north Compass Calibration and true geographic north. If the compass is not set to the zone The compass can be manually where you live, the compass may calibrated. Only calibrate the give false readings. The compass compass in a magnetically clean must be set to the variance zone in and safe location, such as an open which the vehicle is traveling. parking lot, where driving the vehicle in circles is not a danger.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 5-6 Instruments and Controls It is suggested to calibrate away To calibrate the compass, use the 4. The DIC will display from tall buildings, utility wires, following procedure: CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN manhole covers, or other industrial CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle structures, if possible. Compass Calibration Procedure in tight circles at less than If CAL should ever appear in the 1. Before calibrating the compass, 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the DIC display, the compass should be make sure the compass zone is calibration. The DIC will display calibrated. set to the variance zone in which CALIBRATION COMPLETE the vehicle is located. See for a few seconds when the If the DIC display does not show a “Compass Variance (Zone) calibration is complete. The heading, for example, N for North, Procedure” earlier in this DIC display will then return to or the heading does not change section. PRESS V TO CALIBRATE after making turns, there may be a COMPASS. strong magnetic field interfering with Do not operate any switches the compass. Such interference such as window, climate may be caused by a magnetic CB controls, seats, etc. during the Clock or cell phone antenna mount, a calibration procedure. Without Date Display magnetic emergency light, magnetic 2. Press T until PRESS V TO note pad holder, or any other CALIBRATE COMPASS AM/FM Base Radio with a Single magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, displays. CD Player move the magnetic item, then turn on the vehicle and calibrate the 3. Press V to start the compass This radio has a H button for setting compass. calibration. the time. To set the time: 1. Press the H button until the hour begins flashing on the display. Press H a second time and the minutes begin flashing on the display.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Instruments and Controls 5-7 2. To increase or decrease the With Date Display 5. To decrease the time or date, do time, do one of the following one of the following: while the hours or minutes are Single CD (MP3) Player flashing: . Turn the f knob This radio has a H button for setting counter‐clockwise. . Turn the f knob. the time. To set the time and date: . Press © SEEK. . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. 1. Turn the radio on. . Press s REV. . Press FWD or s REV. 2. Press the H button and the HR, The date does not automatically 3. Press the H button again until MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, display. To see the date press the clock display stops flashing minute, month, day, and year) the H button while the radio is on. to set the currently displayed display. The date with display times out after time, or wait five seconds until a few seconds and goes back to the 3. Press the pushbutton located the flashing stops and the normal radio and time display. under any one of the tabs to be current time displayed is To change the time default setting changed. automatically set. from 12 hour to 24 hour or to 4. To increase the time or date, do To change the time default setting change the date default setting from one of the following: from 12 hour to 24 hour, press the month/day/year to day/month/year: H button until 12H or 24H is . Press the pushbutton below displayed. Once 12H or 24H is the selected tab. 1. Press the H button and then the pushbutton located under the displayed, turn the f knob to the . Turn the f knob clockwise. forward arrow tab. The time 12H desired option to select the setting. and 24H, and the date MM/DD/ Press the H button again to apply . Press ¨ SEEK. YYYY (month, day, and year) the setting, or let the screen . Press FWD. and DD/MM/YYYY (day, month, time out. and year) displays.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 5-8 Instruments and Controls 2. Press the pushbutton located Remove the cover to access and Certain accessory plugs may not be under the desired option. replace when not in use. compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload 3. Press the H or MENU button again to apply the selected { WARNING vehicle and adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your default, or let the screen Power is always supplied to the dealer. time out. outlets. Do not leave electrical When adding electrical equipment, equipment plugged in when the be sure to follow the proper Power Outlets vehicle is not in use because the installation instructions included The vehicle has three 12‐volt outlets vehicle could catch fire and cause with the equipment. See Add-On which can be used to plug in injury or death. Electrical Equipment on page 9‑45. electrical equipment, such as a Notice: Hanging heavy cell phone or MP3 player. Notice: Leaving electrical equipment from the power outlet On vehicles with a center console, equipment plugged in for an can cause damage not covered one outlet is located inside the extended period of time while by the vehicle warranty. The center floor console and two outlets the vehicle is off will drain the power outlets are designed for are located at the front of the battery. Always unplug electrical accessory power plugs only, such console bin under the instrument equipment when not in use and as cell phone charge cords. panel. do not plug in equipment that On vehicles without a center exceeds the maximum 20 ampere Cigarette Lighter console, two are located under the rating. The vehicle may have a cigarette climate controls and another outlet lighter. The cigarette lighter may be for the rear seat passengers is at located in the console, if the vehicle the rear of the center front seat. has one; otherwise, it may be located in the center armrest of the front seat.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Instruments and Controls 5-9 Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there in while it is heating does not let could be a problem with a vehicle the lighter back away from the Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning heating element when it is hot. lights work together to indicate a Damage from overheating can Indicators problem with the vehicle. occur to the lighter or heating Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights element, or a fuse could be signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while blown. Do not hold a cigarette before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges lighter in while it is heating. to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, To use the lighter, just push it in all replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what the way and let go. When it is ready, warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manuals advice. it will pop back out by itself. prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. Ashtrays could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come The vehicle may have an ashtray. on briefly when the engine is started The ashtray may be located in the to indicate they are working. console, if the vehicle has one; otherwise, it may be located in the center armrest of the front seat. Notice: If papers, pins, or other flammable items are put in the ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 5-10 Instruments and Controls Instrument Cluster English Uplevel Shown, Base and Metric Similar
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Instruments and Controls 5-11 Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the vehicle The tachometer displays the engine speed in both kilometers per hour speed in revolutions per (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). minute (rpm). Notice: If the engine is operated Odometer with the tachometer in the shaded The odometer shows how far the warning area, the vehicle could vehicle has been driven in either be damaged, and the damages miles (used in the United States) or would not be covered by the in kilometers (used in Canada). vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in This vehicle has a tamper-resistant the shaded warning area. odometer. If the odometer displays ERROR, it probably has been Metric tampered with and the numbers might not be accurate. If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, it must be set to the mileage total of the old odometer. If that is not possible, then it will be set at zero and a label must be put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading of the vehicle when the new odometer was installed.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 5-12 Instruments and Controls Here are four things that some Engine Coolant owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Temperature Gauge . At the gas station, the gas pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English half the fuel tanks capacity to fill When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank. gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little when Metric fuel is left in the fuel tank. while turning a corner or An arrow on the fuel gauge speeding up. indicates the side of the vehicle the . The gauge does not go back to fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is turned off.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Instruments and Controls 5-13 Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the instrument panel cluster. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind front passengers to English fasten their safety belt. Then the This gauge shows the engine light stays on solid until the belt is coolant temperature. If the gauge When the vehicle is started, this buckled. pointer moves toward the “H” light flashes and a chime may come For more information see (United States) or torward the on to remind the driver to fasten Passenger Airbag Status Indicator shaded thermostat (Canada), it their safety belt. Then the light stays on page 5‑14. means that the engine coolant has on solid until the belt is buckled. overheated. If the vehicle has been This cycle continues several times if This cycle may continue several the front passenger remains or operating under normal driving times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the conditions, pull off the road, stop the becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. vehicle, and turn off the engine as vehicle is moving. soon as possible. If the front passenger safety belt is If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the See Engine Overheating on neither the light nor the chime light comes on. page 10‑15 for more information. comes on.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 5-14 Instruments and Controls The front passenger safety belt If there is a problem with the airbag reminder light and chime may turn system, an airbag Driver Information on if an object is put on the seat Center (DIC) message can also such as a briefcase, handbag, come on. See Vehicle Messages on grocery bag, laptop, or other page 5‑27 for more information. electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove The airbag readiness light flashes Passenger Airbag Status the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt. for a few seconds when the engine Indicator is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. The vehicle has the passenger Airbag Readiness Light sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑26 for The system checks the airbags { WARNING important safety information. The electrical system for possible instrument panel has a passenger malfunctions. If the light stays on it If the airbag readiness light stays airbag status indicator. indicates there is an electrical on after the vehicle is started or problem. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means the airbag sensor(s), passenger the airbag system might not be sensing system, the pretensioners, working properly. The airbags in the airbag modules, the wiring, and the vehicle might not inflate in a the crash sensing and diagnostic crash, or they could even inflate module. For more information on the without a crash. To help avoid airbag system, see Airbag System injury, have the vehicle serviced United States on page 3‑19. right away.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Instruments and Controls 5-15 If the word OFF or the off symbol is Charging System Light lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status Canada indicator lights remain on, or if there When the vehicle is started, the are no lights at all, there may be a passenger airbag status indicator problem with the lights or the This light comes on briefly when the will light ON and OFF, or the symbol passenger sensing system. See ignition key is turned to START, but for on and off, for several seconds your dealer for service. the engine is not running, as a as a system check. If you are using check to show it is working. remote start, if equipped, to start the { WARNING If it does not, have the vehicle vehicle from a distance, you may serviced by your dealer. not see the system check. Then, If the airbag readiness light ever after several more seconds, the comes on and stays on, it means The light should go out once the status indicator will light either ON that something may be wrong engine starts. If it stays on, or OFF, or either the on or off with the airbag system. To help or comes on while driving, there symbol to let you know the status of avoid injury to yourself or others, could be a problem with the the right front passenger frontal have the vehicle serviced right charging system. A charging airbag. away. See Airbag Readiness system message in the Driver Light on page 5‑14 for more Information Center (DIC) can also If the word ON or the on symbol is appear. See Battery Voltage and lit on the passenger airbag status information, including important Charging Messages on page 5‑28 indicator, it means that the right safety information. for more information. This light front passenger frontal airbag is could indicate that there are enabled (may inflate).
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 5-16 Instruments and Controls problems with a generator drive Notice: Modifications made to the belt, or that there is an electrical engine, transmission, exhaust, problem. Have it checked right intake, or fuel system of the away. If the vehicle must be driven a vehicle or the replacement of the short distance with the light on, turn original tires with other than off accessories, such as the radio those of the same Tire and air conditioner. If the malfunction indicator lamp Performance Criteria (TPC) can comes on and stays on while the affect the vehicles emission Malfunction engine is running, this indicates that controls and can cause this light to come on. Modifications to Indicator Lamp there is an OBD II problem and these systems could lead to service is required. A computer system called OBD II costly repairs not covered by the (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Malfunctions often are indicated by vehicle warranty. This could also Generation) monitors the operation the system before any problem is result in a failure to pass a of the vehicle to ensure emissions apparent. Being aware of the light required Emission Inspection/ are at acceptable levels, to produce can prevent more serious damage Maintenance test. See a cleaner environment. This light to the vehicle. This system assists Accessories and Modifications on comes on when the vehicle is the service technician in correctly page 10‑3. placed in ON/RUN, as a check to diagnosing any malfunction. This light comes on during a show it is working. If it does not, Notice: If the vehicle is malfunction in one of two ways: have the vehicle serviced by your continually driven with this light dealer. See Ignition Positions on on, the emission controls might Light Flashing: A misfire condition page 9‑15 for more information. not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire economy might not be as good, increases vehicle emissions and and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control smoothly. This could lead to system on the vehicle. Diagnosis costly repairs that might not be and service might be required. covered by the vehicle warranty.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) Instruments and Controls 5-17 To prevent more serious damage to system can determine if the If none of the above have the vehicle: fuel cap has been left off or made the light turn off, your dealer . Reduce vehicle speed. improperly installed. A loose or can check the vehicle. The dealer missing fuel cap allows fuel to has the proper test equipment . Avoid hard accelerations. evaporate into the atmosphere. and diagnostic tools to fix any . Avoid steep uphill grades. A few driving trips with the cap mechanical or electrical problems properly installed should turn the that might have developed. . If towing a trailer, reduce the light off. amount of cargo being hauled as Emissions Inspection and soon as it is possible. . Check that good quality fuel is Maintenance Programs used. Poor fuel quality causes If the light continues to flash, stop the engine not to run as Some local governments may have and park the vehicle. Turn the efficiently as designed and may programs to inspect the on-vehicle vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, cause stalling after start-up, emission control equipment. For the and restart the engine. If the light is stalling when the vehicle is inspection, the emission system test still flashing, follow the previous changed into gear, misfiring, equipment is connected to the steps and see your dealer for hesitation on acceleration, vehicle’s Data Link service as soon as possible. or stumbling on acceleration. Connector (DLC). Light On Steady: An emission These conditions might go away control system malfunction has once the engine is warmed up. been detected on the vehicle. If one or more of these conditions Diagnosis and service might be occurs, change the fuel brand used. required. It will require at least one full tank of The following may correct an the proper fuel to turn the light off. emission system malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑33. The DLC is under the instrument . Check that the fuel cap is fully panel to the left of the steering installed. See Filling the Tank on wheel. See your dealer if assistance page 9‑37. The diagnostic is needed.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 5-18 Instruments and Controls The vehicle may not pass If this has been done and the This light should come on briefly inspection if: vehicle still does not pass the when the engine is started. If it does . The malfunction indicator lamp is inspection for lack of OBD II not come on then, have it fixed so it on with the engine running, or if system readiness, your dealer will be ready to warn if there is a the light does not come on when can prepare the vehicle for problem. the ignition is turned to ON/RUN inspection. When the ignition is on, the brake while the engine is off. See your system warning light also comes on dealer for assistance in verifying Brake System Warning when the parking brake is set. The proper operation of the Light light stays on if the parking brake malfunction indicator lamp. does not fully release. If it stays on The vehicle brake system consists . The OBD II (On-Board after the parking brake is fully of two hydraulic circuits. If one Diagnostics) system determines released, it means the vehicle circuit is not working, the remaining that critical emission control has a brake problem. circuit can still work to stop the systems have not been vehicle. For normal braking If the light comes on while driving, completely diagnosed. The performance, both circuits need pull off the road and stop carefully. vehicle would be considered not to be working The pedal might be harder to push, ready for inspection. This can or the pedal can go closer to the If the warning light comes on, there happen if the 12-volt battery has floor. It may take longer to stop. is a brake problem. Have the brake recently been replaced or run If the light is still on, have the system inspected right away. down. The diagnostic system is vehicle towed for service. See designed to evaluate critical Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑65. emission control systems during normal driving. This can take several days of routine driving. Metric English
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1) Instruments and Controls 5-19 If the light does not come on, have it Electronic Stability { WARNING fixed so it will be ready to warn if Control (ESC) Off Light there is a problem. The brake system might not be working properly if the brake If the ABS light stays on, turn the system warning light is on. ignition off. If the light comes on Driving with the brake system while driving, stop as soon as it is warning light on can lead to a safely possible and turn the ignition crash. If the light is still on after off. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. Then the vehicle has been pulled off start the engine again to reset the the road and carefully stopped, This light comes on briefly while system. If the ABS light stays on, have the vehicle towed for or comes on again while driving, the starting the engine. service. vehicle needs service. If the regular If it does not, have the vehicle brake system warning light is not serviced by your dealer. If the Antilock Brake System on, the vehicle still has brakes, but system is working normally, the not antilock brakes. If the regular indicator light then goes off. (ABS) Warning Light brake system warning light is also Press and release the Electronic on, the vehicle does not have Stability Control (ESC) OFF button antilock brakes and there is a to turn off the Traction Control problem with the regular brakes. System (TCS), and a message See Brake System Warning Light on displays in the DIC. See Ride page 5‑18. Control System Messages on See Driver Information Center (DIC) page 5‑31 for more information. on page 5‑23 for all brake related The Antilock Brake System (ABS) DIC messages. light comes on briefly when the engine is started.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1) 5-20 Instruments and Controls Press and briefly hold the ESC OFF Electronic Stability serviced by the dealer. See Ride button to turn off the ESC system; Control System Messages on the ESC OFF light comes on and a Control (ESC)/Traction page 5‑31 for more information. message displays in the Driver Control System (TCS) If the light flashes while driving, this Information Center (DIC). See Ride Indicator/Warning Light means that the ESC or the TCS is Control System Messages on assisting in controlling the vehicle. page 5‑31 for more information. See Traction Control System (TCS) If the TCS/ESC system is off, the on page 9‑27, and Electronic system does not assist in controlling Stability Control (ESC) on the vehicle. Turn on the TCS/ESC page 9‑29 for more information. system and the indicator light turns off. Engine Coolant See Traction Control System (TCS) The Electronic Stability Control on page 9‑27, and Electronic (ESC), or the Traction Control Temperature Warning Stability Control (ESC) on System (TCS) indicator/warning Light page 9‑29 for more information. light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on or stays on, have the vehicle serviced by the dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light comes on and stays on This light comes on briefly while while driving, and a message starting the vehicle. displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), have the vehicle
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1) Instruments and Controls 5-21 If it does not, have the vehicle Tire Pressure Light Stop as soon as possible, and serviced by the dealer. If the system inflate the tires to the pressure value is working normally the indicator shown on the Tire and Loading light goes off. Information label. See Tire Pressure Notice: Driving with the engine on page 10‑40 for more information. coolant temperature warning light When the Light Flashes First and on could cause the vehicle to Then Is On Steady overheat. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑15. The vehicles If the light flashes for about a minute For vehicles with the Tire Pressure and then stays on, there may be a engine could be damaged, and it Monitor System (TPMS), this light might not be covered by the problem with the TPMS. If the comes on briefly when the engine is problem is not corrected, the light vehicle warranty. Never drive with started. It provides information the engine coolant temperature will come on at every ignition cycle. about tire pressures and the TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor warning light on. When the Light Is On Steady Operation on page 10‑42 for more The engine coolant temperature information. warning light comes on when the This indicates that one or more of engine has overheated. the tires are significantly underinflated. If this happens pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See A Driver Information Center (DIC) Engine Overheating on page 10‑15 tire pressure message may also for more information. display. See Vehicle Messages on page 5‑27 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1) 5-22 Instruments and Controls Engine Oil Pressure Light Check the oil level as soon as Security Light possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. This light comes on briefly while The security light should come on { WARNING starting the engine. If it does not, briefly as the engine is started. If the have the vehicle serviced by your system is working normally, the Do not keep driving if the oil dealer. If the system is working pressure is low. The engine can indicator light turns off. If it does not normally, the indicator light then come on, have the vehicle serviced become so hot that it catches fire. goes off. by your dealer. Someone could be burned. Check the oil as soon as possible and If the light comes on and stays on, it If the light stays on and the engine have the vehicle serviced. means that oil is not flowing through does not start, there could be a the engine properly. The vehicle problem with the theft-deterrent could be low on oil and it might system. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil have some other system problem. maintenance can damage the This light is also used to indicate the engine. Driving with the engine status of the anti-theft alarm system oil low can also damage the when the ignition is turned off. The engine. The repairs would not be light will flash rapidly if the alarm covered by the vehicle warranty. system is arming and one or more of the monitored entry points is not closed. The light will stay on if the alarm is arming and all entry points are closed.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1) Instruments and Controls 5-23 For information regarding this light Front Fog Lamp Light Information Displays and the vehicles security system, see Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑11. Driver Information Center (DIC) High-Beam On Light Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center (DIC). The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use. All messages will appear in the DIC display located below the The light goes out when the fog speedometer in the instrument lamps are turned off. See Fog panel cluster. The DIC buttons are Lamps on page 6‑4 for more located on the instrument panel, to information. the right of the instrument panel This light comes on when the cluster. high-beam headlamps are in use. Cruise Control Light The DIC comes on when the ignition See Headlamp High/Low-Beam is on. After a short delay, the DIC Changer on page 6‑2 for more will display the information that was information. last displayed before the engine was turned off. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and The cruise control light comes on vehicle system information, and whenever the cruise control is set. warning messages if a system problem is detected. The bottom line The light goes out when the cruise of the DIC shows the shift lever control is turned off. See Cruise position indicator. See Automatic Control on page 9‑30 for more Transmission on page 9‑22 for more information. information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1) 5-24 Instruments and Controls If your vehicle has these DIC Buttons T (Vehicle Information): Press features, the DIC also displays the this button to display the oil life, compass direction and the outside units, tire pressure readings, and air temperature when viewing the compass zone and compass trip and fuel information. The calibration on vehicles with this compass direction appears on the feature. top right corner of the DIC display. The outside air temperature U (Customization): Press this automatically appears in the bottom button to customize the feature right corner of the DIC display. settings on your vehicle. See If there is a problem with the system Vehicle Personalization on that controls the temperature page 5‑35 for more information. display, the numbers will be V (Set/Reset): Press this button to replaced with dashes. If this occurs, set or reset certain functions and to have the vehicle serviced by your The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle turn off or acknowledge messages dealer. information, customization, and set/ on the DIC. The DIC also allows some features reset buttons. The button functions Trip/Fuel Menu Items to be customized. See Vehicle are detailed in the following pages. Personalization on page 5‑35 for 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button more information. to scroll through the following menu to display the odometer, trip items: DIC Operation and Displays odometers, fuel range, average economy, instantaneous economy, Odometer The DIC has different displays Active Fuel Management™ indicator which can be accessed by pressing Press the trip/fuel button until on vehicles with this feature, and ODOMETER displays. This display the DIC buttons located on the average speed. instrument panel, to the right of the shows the distance the vehicle has instrument panel cluster. been driven in either miles (mi) or kilometers (km).
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1) Instruments and Controls 5-25 Trip A and Trip B and the vehicle was moving. Once The fuel range estimate is based on Press the trip/fuel button until the vehicle begins moving, the trip an average of the vehicles fuel TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This odometer will accumulate mileage. economy over recent driving history display shows the current distance For example, if the vehicle was and the amount of fuel remaining in traveled in either miles (mi) or driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is the fuel tank. This estimate will kilometers (km) since the last reset started again, and then the change if driving conditions change. for each trip odometer. Both trip retro-active reset feature is For example, if driving in traffic and odometers can be used at the activated, the display will show making frequent stops, this display same time. 8 km (5 miles). As the vehicle begins may read one number, but if the moving, the display will then vehicle is driven on a freeway, the Each trip odometer can be reset to increase to 8.2 km (5.1 miles), number may change even though zero separately by pressing the set/ 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. the same amount of fuel is in the reset button while the desired trip fuel tank. This is because different odometer is displayed. If the retro-active reset feature is activated after the vehicle is started, driving conditions produce different The trip odometer has a feature but before it begins moving, the fuel economies. Generally, freeway called the retro-active reset. This display will show the number of driving produces better fuel can be used to set the trip odometer miles (mi) or kilometers (km) that economy than city driving. to the number of miles (kilometers) were driven during the last ignition If your vehicle is low on fuel, the driven since the ignition was last cycle. FUEL LEVEL LOW message turned on. This can be used if the displays. See Fuel System trip odometer is not reset at the Fuel Range Messages on page 5‑30 for more beginning of the trip. Press the trip/fuel button until information. To use the retro-active reset feature, FUEL RANGE displays. This display shows the approximate Average Economy press and hold the set/reset button for at least four seconds. The trip number of remaining miles (mi) or Press the trip/fuel button until AVG odometer will display the number of kilometers (km) the vehicle can be ECONOMY displays. This display miles (mi) or kilometers (km) driven driven without refueling. shows the approximate average since the ignition was last turned on miles per gallon (mpg) or liters per
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1) 5-26 Instruments and Controls 100 kilometers (L/100 km). This various vehicle speeds recorded When the remaining oil life is low, number is calculated based on the since the last reset of this value. To the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON number of mpg (L/100 km) recorded reset the value, press and hold the message will appear on the display. since the last time this menu item set/reset button. The display will See Engine Oil Messages on was reset. To reset this display to return to zero. page 5‑30. You should change the zero, press and hold the set/reset oil as soon as possible. See Engine button. Blank Display Oil on page 10‑7. In addition to the This display shows no information. engine oil life system monitoring the Instantaneous Economy oil life, additional maintenance is Press the trip/fuel button until INST Vehicle Information Menu recommended in the Maintenance ECONOMY displays. This display Items Schedule in this manual. See shows the current fuel economy at a T (Vehicle Information): Press Maintenance Schedule on particular moment and will change this button to scroll through the page 11‑3 for more information. frequently as driving conditions following menu items: Remember, you must reset the OIL change. This display shows the LIFE yourself after each oil change. instantaneous fuel economy in miles Oil Life It will not reset itself. Also, be per gallon (mpg) or liters per Press the vehicle information button careful not to reset the OIL LIFE 100 kilometers (L/100 km). Unlike until OIL LIFE REMAINING accidentally at any time other than average economy, this screen displays. This display shows an when the oil has just been changed. cannot be reset. estimate of the oils remaining useful It cannot be reset accurately until Average Speed life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE the next oil change. To reset the REMAINING on the display, that engine oil life system, see Engine Press the trip/fuel button until means 99% of the current oil life Oil Life System on page 10‑10. AVERAGE SPEED displays. This remains. The engine oil life system display shows the average speed of will alert you to change the oil on a the vehicle in miles per hour (mph) schedule consistent with your or kilometers per hour (km/h). This driving conditions. average is calculated based on the
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1) Instruments and Controls 5-27 Units add air to a specific tire will appear Vehicle Messages Press the vehicle information button in the display. See Tire Pressure on page 10‑40 and Tire Messages on Messages are displayed on the DIC until UNITS displays. This display page 5‑33 for more information. to notify the driver that the status of allows you to select between the vehicle has changed and that English or Metric units of If the tire pressure display shows some action may be needed by the measurement. Once in this display, dashes instead of a value, there driver to correct the condition. press the set/reset button to select may be a problem with your vehicle. Multiple messages may appear one between ENGLISH or METRIC If this consistently occurs, see your after another. Some messages may units. dealer for service. not require immediate action, but Tire Pressure Change Compass Zone you can press the set/reset button to acknowledge that you received On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Your vehicle may have this feature. the message and clear it from the Monitor System (TPMS), the To change the compass zone DIC display. Pressing any of the pressure for each tire can be viewed through the DIC, see Compass on DIC buttons also acknowledges and in the DIC. The tire pressure will be page 5‑5. clears any messages. Some shown in either pounds per square Calibrate Compass messages cannot be cleared from inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa). Press the DIC display because they are the vehicle information button until Your vehicle may have this feature. more urgent. These messages the DIC displays FRONT TIRES The compass can be manually require action before they can be PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press calibrated. To calibrate the compass cleared. You should take any the vehicle information button again through the DIC, see Compass on messages that appear on the until the DIC displays REAR TIRES page 5‑5. display seriously and remember that PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Blank Display clearing the messages will only If a low tire pressure condition is make the messages disappear, not detected by the system while This display shows no information. correct the problem. The following driving, a message advising you to are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1) 5-28 Instruments and Controls Battery Voltage and battery. Turn off all unnecessary HOOD OPEN accessories. Stop and turn off the Charging Messages vehicle as soon as it is safe to do If your vehicle has the remote start feature, this message displays when BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE so. Have the electrical system the hood is not closed properly. checked by your dealer immediately. This message displays when the Make sure that the hood is closed system detects that the battery completely. See Hood on page 10‑5. voltage is dropping beyond a Brake System Messages LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN reasonable level. The battery saver SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM system starts reducing certain This message displays when the features of the vehicle that you may This message displays when driver side rear door is not closed be able to notice. At the point that service is required on the brake properly. Make sure that the door is the features are disabled, this system. Have the brake system closed completely. message is displayed. It means that serviced by your dealer as soon as the vehicle is trying to save the possible. The brake system warning PASSENGER DOOR OPEN charge in the battery. light also appears on the instrument This message displays when the panel cluster when this message front passenger door is not closed Turn off all unnecessary appears on the DIC. See Brake accessories to allow the battery to properly. Make sure that the door is System Warning Light on closed completely. recharge. page 5‑18. The normal battery voltage range is RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN 11.5 to 15.5 volts. Door Ajar Messages This message displays when the SERVICE BATTERY DRIVER DOOR OPEN passenger side rear door is not closed properly. Make sure that the CHARGING SYSTEM This message displays when the door is closed completely. This message displays when there driver door is not closed properly. is a problem with the generator and Make sure that the door is closed battery charging systems. Driving completely. with this problem could drain the
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1) Instruments and Controls 5-29 TRUNK OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE appears on the instrument panel ENGINE cluster and/or DIC, stop the This message displays when the vehicle as soon as possible. trunk is not closed completely. Make Notice: If you drive your vehicle See Engine Overheating on sure that the trunk is closed while the engine is overheating, page 10‑15 for more information. completely. See Trunk on page 2‑9. severe engine damage may occur. If an overheat warning This message displays along with a Engine Cooling System appears on the instrument panel continuous chime when the engine cluster and/or DIC, stop the has overheated. Stop and turn the Messages engine off immediately to avoid vehicle as soon as possible. Do ENGINE HOT A/C (Air not increase the engine speed severe engine damage. See Engine Conditioning) OFF above normal idling speed. Overheating on page 10‑15. See Engine Overheating on SERVICE A/C (Air This message displays when the page 10‑15 for more information. engine coolant becomes hotter than Conditioning) SYSTEM the normal operating temperature. This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the To avoid added strain on a hot electronic sensors that control the engine, the air conditioning hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down. air conditioning and heating compressor is automatically turned systems are no longer working. off. When the coolant temperature ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Have the climate control system returns to normal, the A/C operation serviced by your dealer if you notice automatically resumes. You can ENGINE a drop in heating and air continue to drive your vehicle. If this Notice: If you drive the vehicle conditioning efficiency. message continues to appear, have while the engine is overheating, the system repaired by your dealer severe engine damage may as soon as possible to avoid occur. If an overheat warning compressor damage.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1) 5-30 Instruments and Controls Engine Oil Messages not drive the vehicle until the performance may be reduced the cause of the low oil pressure is next time the vehicle is driven. The CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON corrected. See Engine Oil on vehicle may be driven at a reduced This message displays when page 10‑7 for more information. speed while this message is on, but service is required for the vehicle. This message displays when the acceleration and speed may be See your dealer. See Engine Oil on vehicles engine oil pressure is low. reduced. Anytime this message page 10‑7 and Maintenance The oil pressure light also appears stays on, the vehicle should be Schedule on page 11‑3 for more on the instrument panel cluster. See taken to your dealer for service as information. Engine Oil Pressure Light on soon as possible. Acknowledging the CHANGE page 5‑22. Fuel System Messages ENGINE OIL SOON message will Stop the vehicle immediately, as not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING. engine damage can result from FUEL LEVEL LOW That must be done at the OIL LIFE driving a vehicle with low oil This message displays when your screen under the vehicle information pressure. Have the vehicle serviced vehicle is low on fuel. Refill the fuel menu. See “Oil Life” under Driver by your dealer as soon as possible tank as soon as possible. See Fuel Information Center (DIC) on when this message is displayed. Gauge on page 5‑11 and Filling the page 5‑23 and Engine Oil Life Tank on page 9‑37 for more System on page 10‑10. Engine Power Messages information. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED TIGHTEN GAS CAP ENGINE This message displays when the This message may be displayed if Notice: If you drive the vehicle vehicles engine power is reduced. the gas cap is not on, or is not fully while the engine oil pressure is Reduced engine power can affect tightened. Check the gas cap to low, severe engine damage may the vehicles ability to accelerate. ensure that it is on properly. See occur. If a low oil pressure If this message is on, but there is Filling the Tank on page 9‑37 for warning appears on the Driver no reduction in performance, more information. Information Center (DIC), stop the proceed to your destination. The vehicle as soon as possible. Do
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1) Instruments and Controls 5-31 Key and Lock Messages TURN SIGNAL ON instrument panel cluster. See Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays as a page 9‑29 and Electronic Stability reminder to turn off the turn signal REMOTE KEY if you drive your vehicle for more Control (ESC)/Traction Control System (TCS) Indicator/Warning This message displays when the than about 1.2 km (0.75 mile) with a Light on page 5‑20 for more battery in the Remote Keyless Entry turn signal on. See Turn and information. (RKE) transmitter needs to be Lane-Change Signals on page 6‑4. replaced. To replace the battery, see If this message turns on while you This message displays and a chime “Battery Replacement” under are driving, pull off the road as soon sounds only when the ignition is in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) as possible and stop carefully. Try ON/RUN. The message will not System Operation on page 2‑3. resetting the system by turning the disappear until the turn signal is ignition off and then back on. If this manually turned off, or a turn is Lamp Messages completed. message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving, your AUTOMATIC LIGHT vehicle needs service. Have the CONTROL OFF Ride Control System system inspected by your dealer as This message displays when the Messages soon as possible. automatic headlamps are turned off. SERVICE STABILITRAK SERVICE TRACTION See Exterior Lamp Controls on CONTROL page 6‑1 for more information. If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control (ESC), this If your vehicle has the Traction AUTOMATIC LIGHT message displays if there has been Control System (TCS), this message CONTROL ON a problem detected with ESC. The displays when the system is not ESC/TCS light also appears on the functioning properly. The ESC/TCS This message displays when the light also appears on the instrument automatic headlamps are turned on. See Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1) 5-32 Instruments and Controls panel cluster. See Electronic is turned off manually. See TRACTION CONTROL ON Stability Control (ESC)/Traction Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on If your vehicle has the Traction Control System (TCS) Indicator/ page 9‑29 for more information. Control System (TCS), this message Warning Light on page 5‑20. See TRACTION CONTROL OFF displays when the TCS is turned on. Traction Control System (TCS) on See Traction Control System (TCS) page 9‑27 for more information. If your vehicle has the Traction on page 9‑27 for more information. Have the TCS serviced by your Control System (TCS), this dealer as soon as possible. message displays when the TCS turns off. See Traction Control Airbag System Messages STABILITRAK INITIALIZING System (TCS) on page 9‑27 for SERVICE AIR BAG If your vehicle has Electronic more information. Stability Control (ESC), this This message displays when there This message may display when the is a problem with the airbag system. message may display and the ESC/ ignition is in ON/RUN and TCS light on the instrument panel Have your vehicle serviced by your disappears after 10 seconds, unless dealer immediately. See Airbag cluster may be on after first driving it is acknowledged or an urgent the vehicle and exceeding 30 km/h Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for warning appears. more information. (19 mph) for 30 seconds. The ESC system is not functional until the Any of the following conditions may light has turned off. See Electronic cause the TCS to turn off: Anti-theft Alarm System Stability Control (ESC) on . The TCS is turned off by Messages page 9‑29 for more information. pressing the traction control button. See Traction Control SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM STABILITRAK OFF System (TCS) on page 9‑27 for This message displays when there If your vehicle has Electronic more information. is a problem with the theft-deterrent Stability Control (ESC), this system programmed in the key. message displays when the ESC . The battery is low.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1) Instruments and Controls 5-33 A fault has been detected in the SERVICE POWER STEERING This message only appears while system which means that the the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will This message displays when a system is disabled and it is not not disappear until the problem is problem is detected with the power protecting the vehicle. The vehicle resolved. steering system. When this usually restarts; however, you may This message cannot be message is displayed, you may want to take the vehicle to your acknowledged. notice that the effort required to dealer before turning off the engine. steer the vehicle increases or feels See Immobilizer Operation on page 2‑12 for more information. heavier, but you will still be able to Tire Messages steer the vehicle. Have your vehicle THEFT ATTEMPTED serviced by your dealer immediately. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM This message displays if the content SERVICE VEHICLE SOON theft-deterrent system has detected On vehicles with the Tire Pressure This message displays when a Monitor System (TPMS), this a break-in attempt while you were non-emissions related malfunction message displays if a part on the away from your vehicle. See occurs. Have the vehicle serviced TPMS is not working properly. The Anti-theft Alarm System on by your dealer as soon as possible. tire pressure light also flashes and page 2‑11 for more information. STARTING DISABLED then remains on during the same Service Vehicle Messages ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure SERVICE THROTTLE Light on page 5‑21. Several ERROR This message displays if the starting conditions may cause this message of the engine is disabled due to the to appear. See Tire Pressure This message displays while electronic throttle control system. Monitor Operation on page 10‑42 for viewing the odometer or trip Have your vehicle serviced by your more information. If the warning odometers if there is a problem with dealer immediately. comes on and stays on, there may the instrument panel cluster. See be a problem with the TPMS. See your dealer for service. your dealer.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1) 5-34 Instruments and Controls TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE RIGHT FRT (right front), LEFT RR Transmission Messages (left rear), or RIGHT RR (right rear) On vehicles with the Tire Pressure SERVICE TRANSMISSION to indicate the location of the low Monitor System (TPMS), this tire. The low tire pressure warning This message displays when there message displays when the TPMS light will also come on. See Tire is a problem with the transmission. is re-learning the tire positions on Pressure Light on page 5‑21. You See your dealer for service. your vehicle. The tire positions must can receive more than one tire be re-learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor. pressure message at a time. To TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE read the other messages that may ENGINE See Tire Inspection on page 10‑45, have been sent at the same time, Tire Rotation on page 10‑45, Tire This message displays when the press the set/reset button. If a tire Pressure Monitor System on transmission fluid in your vehicle is pressure message appears on the page 10‑41, and Tire Pressure on too hot. Stop the vehicle and allow it DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have page 10‑40 for more information. to idle until it cools down. If the the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire and warning message continues to TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE display, have the vehicle serviced Loading Information label. See Tires On vehicles with the Tire Pressure on page 10‑33, Vehicle Load Limits by your dealer as soon as possible. Monitor System (TPMS), this on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on message displays when the page 10‑40. The DIC also shows pressure in one or more of the the tire pressure values. See Driver vehicles tires is low. This message Information Center (DIC) on also displays LEFT FRT (left front), page 5‑23.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1) Instruments and Controls 5-35 Vehicle Reminder Vehicle The customization preferences are automatically recalled. Messages Personalization To change customization ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE Your vehicle has customization preferences, use the following WITH CARE capabilities that allow you to procedure. This message displays when the program certain features to one preferred setting. Customization Entering the Feature outside air temperature is cold Settings Menu enough to create icy road features can only be programmed to conditions. Adjust your driving one setting on the vehicle and 1. Turn the ignition on and place accordingly. cannot be programmed to a the vehicle in P (Park). preferred setting for two different drivers. To avoid excessive drain on the Washer Fluid Messages battery, it is recommended that All of the customization options may the headlamps are turned off. WASHER FLUID LOW ADD not be available on your vehicle. FLUID Only the options available will be 2. Press the customization displayed on the DIC. button to enter the feature This message displays when the settings menu. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill The default settings for the the windshield washer reservoir as customization features were set If the menu is not available, soon as possible. See Engine when your vehicle left the factory, FEATURE SETTINGS Compartment Overview on but may have been changed from AVAILABLE IN PARK will page 10‑6 for the location of the their default state since then. display. Before entering the windshield washer reservoir. Also, menu, make sure the vehicle is see Washer Fluid on page 10‑18 for in P (Park). more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1) 5-36 Instruments and Controls Feature Settings Menu Items the settings for this feature. Then Unlock” under Automatic Door press the customization button to Locks on page 2‑8 for more The following are customization scroll through the following settings: information. features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle: ENGLISH (default): All messages Press the customization button until will appear in English. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on DISPLAY IN ENGLISH the DIC display. Press the set/reset FRANCAIS: All messages will This feature will only display if a appear in French. button once to access the settings language other than English has for this feature. Then press the been set. This feature allows you to ESPANOL: All messages will customization button to scroll change the language in which the appear in Spanish. through the following settings: DIC messages appear to English. NO CHANGE: No change will be OFF: None of the doors will Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current automatically unlock. setting will remain. the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the ENGLISH screen appears on the To select a setting, press the set/ driver door will unlock when the key DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button while the desired is taken out of the ignition. button once to display all DIC setting is displayed on the DIC. DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver messages in English. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK door will unlock when the vehicle is DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select shifted into P (Park) . This feature allows you to select the whether or not to turn off the ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors language in which the DIC automatic door unlocking feature. will unlock when the key is taken messages will appear. It also allows you to select which out of the ignition. doors and when the doors will Press the customization button until automatically unlock. See the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen “Programmable Automatic Door appears on the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1) Instruments and Controls 5-37 ALL IN PARK (default): All of the for this feature. Then press the REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK doors will unlock when the vehicle is customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the shifted into P (Park). through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive NO CHANGE: No change will be HORN & LIGHTS OFF: There will when unlocking the vehicle with the made to this feature. The current be no feedback when you press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) setting will remain. lock button on the RKE transmitter. transmitter. You will not receive To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps feedback when unlocking the reset button while the desired will flash when you press the lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter if setting is displayed on the DIC. button on the RKE transmitter. the doors are open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN ONLY: The horn will sound Operation on page 2‑3 for more on the second press of the lock information. This feature allows you to select the button on the RKE transmitter. type of feedback you will receive Press the customization button until when locking the vehicle with the HORN & LIGHTS ON (default): REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The exterior lamps will flash when on the DIC display. Press the set/ transmitter. You will not receive you press the lock button on the reset button once to access the feedback when locking the vehicle RKE transmitter, and the horn will settings for this feature. Then press with the RKE transmitter if any of sound when the lock button is the customization button to scroll the doors are open. See Remote pressed again within five seconds of through the following settings: Keyless Entry (RKE) System the previous command. LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps Operation on page 2‑3 for more NO CHANGE: No change will be will not flash when you press the information. made to this feature. The current unlock button on the RKE Press the customization button until setting will remain. transmitter. REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on To select a setting, press the set/ the DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button while the desired button once to access the settings setting is displayed on the DIC.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1) 5-38 Instruments and Controls LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior feature. Then press the APPROACH LIGHTING lamps will flash when you press the customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select unlock button on the RKE through the following settings: whether or not to have the exterior transmitter. OFF: The exterior lamps will not lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE: No change will be turn on. periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current 30 SECONDS (default): The using the Remote Keyless setting will remain. exterior lamps will stay on for Entry (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the set/ 30 seconds. Press the customization button until reset button while the desired 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. stay on for one minute. the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access the settings EXIT LIGHTING 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the stay on for two minutes. customization button to scroll amount of time you want the NO CHANGE: No change will be through the following settings: exterior lamps to remain on when it made to this feature. The current OFF: The exterior lights will not is dark enough outside. This setting will remain. turn on when you unlock the vehicle happens after the key is turned from with the RKE transmitter. ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired ON (default): If it is dark enough Press the customization button until setting is displayed on the DIC. outside, the exterior lights will turn EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC on briefly when you unlock the display. Press the set/reset button vehicle with the RKE transmitter. once to access the settings for this
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1) Instruments and Controls 5-39 The lights will remain on for LOUD: The chime volume will be Press the customization button until 20 seconds or until the lock button set to a loud level. REMOTE START appears on the on the RKE transmitter is pressed, NO CHANGE: No change will be DIC display. Press the set/reset or the vehicle is no longer off. See made to this feature. The current button once to access the settings Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) setting will remain. for this feature. Then press the System Operation on page 2‑3 for customization button to scroll more information. There is no default for chime through the following settings: volume. The volume will stay at the NO CHANGE: No change will be last known setting. OFF: The remote start feature will made to this feature. The current be disabled. setting will remain. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired ON (default): The remote start To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC. feature will be enabled. reset button while the desired NO CHANGE: No change will be setting is displayed on the DIC. REMOTE START made to this feature. The current CHIME VOLUME If your vehicle has this feature, it setting will remain. allows you to turn the remote start To select a setting, press the set/ This feature allows you to select the off or on. The remote start feature volume level of the chime. reset button while the desired allows you to start the engine from setting is displayed on the DIC. Press the customization button until outside of the vehicle using the CHIME VOLUME appears on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) FACTORY SETTINGS DIC display. Press the set/reset transmitter. See Remote Vehicle This feature allows you to set all of button once to access the settings Start on page 2‑5 for more the customization features back to for this feature. Then press the information. their factory default settings. customization button to scroll through the following settings: NORMAL: The chime volume will be set to a normal level.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1) 5-40 Instruments and Controls Press the customization button until If you do not exit, pressing the Universal Remote FACTORY SETTINGS appears on customization button again will the DIC display. Press the set/reset return you to the beginning of the System button once to access the settings FEATURE SETTINGS menu. See Radio Frequency Statement on for this feature. Then press the Exiting the Feature page 13‑15 for information customization button to scroll Settings Menu regarding Part 15 of the Federal through the following settings: Communications Commission (FCC) RESTORE ALL (default): The The feature settings menu will be rules and Industry Canada customization features will be set to exited when any of the following Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. their factory default settings. occurs: DO NOT RESTORE: The . The vehicle is shifted out of Universal Remote System customization features will not be P (Park). Programming set to their factory default settings. . The vehicle is no longer in To select a setting, press the set/ ON/RUN. reset button while the desired . The trip/fuel or vehicle setting is displayed on the DIC. information DIC buttons are EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS pressed. This feature allows you to exit the . The end of the feature settings FEATURE SETTINGS menu. menu is reached and exited. Press the customization button until . A 40-second time period has elapsed with no selection made. FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to exit the menu. This vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1) Instruments and Controls 5-41 This system provides a way to erased when the vehicle is sold or replace up to three remote control the lease ends. See “Erasing transmitters used to activate Universal Home Remote Buttons” in devices such as garage door this section. openers, security systems, and Park the vehicle outside of the home automation devices. garage when programming a garage Do not use this system with any door. Be sure that people and garage door opener that does not objects are clear of the garage door have the stop and reverse feature. or gate that is being programmed. This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before Programming Universal Home April 1, 1982. Remote — Rolling Code Read the instructions completely For questions or help programming To program up to three devices: before attempting to program the the Universal Home Remote 1. From inside the vehicle, press transmitter. Because of the steps System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go the two outside buttons at the involved, it may be helpful to have to www.learcar2u.com. same time for one to another person available to assist in Most garage door openers sold after two seconds, and immediately programming the transmitter. 1996 are Rolling Code units. release them. Be sure to keep the original remote Programming a garage door opener control transmitter for use in other involves time-sensitive actions, so vehicles, as well as for future read the entire procedure before programming. Only the original starting. Otherwise, the device will remote control transmitter is needed time out and the procedure will have for Fixed Code programming. The to be repeated. programmed buttons should be
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1) 5-42 Instruments and Controls that will be used to control the If these instructions do not work, garage door until the garage the garage door opener is probably door moves. The indicator light, a Fixed Code unit. Follow the above the selected button, Programming instructions that follow should slowly blink. This button for a Fixed Code garage door may need to be held for up to opener. 20 seconds. Programming Universal Home 4. Immediately, within one second, Remote — Fixed Code release the button when the 2. In the garage, locate the garage door moves. The For questions or help programming garage door opener receiver indicator light will blink rapidly the Universal Home Remote (motor-head unit). Locate the until programming is complete. System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can to www.learcar2u.com. usually be found where the 5. Press and release the same button again. The garage door Most garage door openers sold hanging antenna wire is before 1996 are Fixed Code units. attached to the motor-head unit should move, confirming that and may be a colored button. programming is successful and Programming a garage door opener Press this button. After pressing complete. involves time-sensitive actions, so this button, complete the To program another Rolling Code read the entire procedure before following steps in less than device such as an additional garage starting. Otherwise, the device will 30 seconds. door opener, a security device, time out and the procedure will have or home automation device, repeat to be repeated. 3. Immediately return to the vehicle. Press and hold the Steps 1 through 5, choosing a Universal Home Remote button different function button in Step 3 than what was used for the garage door opener.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1) Instruments and Controls 5-43 Your hand-held transmitter can have between 8 to 12 dip switches depending on the brand of transmitter. The garage door opener receiver (motor head unit) could also have a row of dip switches that Example of Eight Dip Switches can be used when programming with Two Positions the Universal Home Remote. If the total number of switches on the motor head and hand-held transmitter is different, To program up to three devices: or if the dip switch settings are different, use the dip switch 1. To verify that the garage door settings on the motor head unit opener is a Fixed Code unit, to program the Universal Home Example of Eight Dip Switches remove the battery cover on the Remote. The motor head dip with Three Positions hand held transmitter supplied switch settings can also be used by the manufacturer of the The panel of switches might not when the original hand held appear exactly as they do in the garage door opener motor. transmitter is not available. If there are a row of dip switches examples above, but they similar to the graphic above, the should be similar. garage door opener is a Fixed Code unit. If you do not see a row of dip switches, return to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote – Rolling Code.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1) 5-44 Instruments and Controls The switch positions on the . If a switch is set between hand-held transmitter could be the up and down position, labeled, as follows: write “Middle.” . A switch in the up position The switch settings written could be labeled as “Up,” down in Step 2 will now “+,” or “On.” become the button strokes to be entered into the . A switch in the down Universal Home Remote in position could be labeled as Step 4. Be sure to enter the “Down,” “−,” or “Off.” switch settings written down . A switch in the middle in Step 2, in order from left position could be labeled as to right, into the Universal “Middle,” “0,” or “Neutral.” Home Remote, when A. Left Button completing Step 4. ("Up," "+," or "On.") 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch settings from left to right as 3. From inside your vehicle, first B. Middle Button follows: firmly press all three buttons at ("Middle," "0," or "Neutral.") . the same time for about When a switch is in the up C. Right Button three seconds. Release the position, write “Left.” ("Down," "-," or "Off.") buttons to put the Universal . When a switch is in the Home Remote into down position, write “Right.” programming mode.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1) Instruments and Controls 5-45 4. The indicator lights will blink 5. After entering all of the switch 7. Immediately release the button slowly. Enter each switch positions, again, firmly press and when the garage door moves. setting from Step 2 into your release all three buttons at the The indicator light will blink vehicles Universal Home same time. The indicator lights rapidly until programming is Remote. You will have two and will turn on. complete. one-half minutes to complete 6. Press and hold the button that 8. Press and release the same Step 4. Now press one button on will be used to control the button again. The garage door the Universal Home Remote for garage door until the garage should move, confirming that each switch setting as follows: door moves. The indicator light programming is successful and . If you wrote “Left,” press above the selected button complete. the left button in the should slowly blink. This button To program another Fixed Code vehicle. may need to be held for up to device such as an additional garage . If you wrote “Right,” press 55 seconds. door opener, a security device, the right button in the or home automation device, repeat vehicle. Steps 1 through 8, choosing a . If you wrote “Middle,” press different button in Step 6 than what the middle button in the was used for the garage door vehicle. opener.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1) 5-46 Instruments and Controls Universal Remote System Erasing Universal Home 2. Once the indicator lights begin to Remote Buttons blink, release both buttons. The Operation codes from all buttons will be Press and hold the appropriate The programmed buttons should be erased. button for at least half of a second. erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends. For help or information on the The indicator light will come on Universal Home Remote System, while the signal is being transmitted. To erase either Rolling Code or call the customer assistance phone Fixed Code on the Universal Home number under Customer Assistance Reprogramming Universal Remote device: Home Remote Buttons Offices on page 13‑3. 1. Press and hold the 2 outside Any of the three buttons can be buttons at the same time for reprogrammed by repeating the approximately 20 seconds, until instructions. the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin to blink rapidly.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Lighting 6-1 Lighting Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Lighting Features Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Daytime Running Lamps Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . 6-7 (DRL)/Automatic Headlamp Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-7 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7 Turn and Lane-Change Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-8 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 The exterior lamps control is located Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. It controls the following systems: . Headlamps . Taillamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights . Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 6-2 Lighting . License Plate Lamps The exterior lamps control has four Headlamp High/ positions: 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Low-Beam Changer O (Off): Turns off the automatic headlamps together with the headlamps and Daytime Running following lamps listed below. When To change the headlamps from low Lamps (DRL). Turning the headlamp the headlamps are turned on while beam to high beam, push the turn control to the off position again will the vehicle is on, the headlamps will signal/multifunction lever away turn the automatic headlamps or turn off automatically 10 minutes from you. DRL back on. For vehicles first sold after the ignition is turned off. When This instrument panel cluster in Canada, the off position only the headlamps are turned on while light 3 comes on if the high‐beam works when the vehicle is shifted the vehicle is off, the headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes before lamps are turned on while the into the P (Park) position. ignition is in ON/RUN. automatically turning off to prevent AUTO (Automatic): Automatically the battery from being drained. Turn To change the headlamps from high turns on the headlamps at normal the headlamp control to off and then beam to low beam, pull the turn brightness, together with the back to the headlamp on position to signal lever toward you. following: make the headlamps stay on for an . Parking Lamps additional 10 minutes. Flash-to-Pass . Parking Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights This feature is used to signal to the . Taillamps . Taillamps vehicle ahead that you want to pass. . License Plate Lamps . License Plate Lamps If the headlamps are off or in ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the . Instrument Panel Lights the low‐beam position, pull the parking lamps together with the # (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped): turn signal lever toward you to following: Turns on the fog lamps. momentarily switch to high beams. . Instrument Panel Lights See Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. Release the lever to turn the . Taillamps high-beam headlamps off.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Lighting 6-3 Daytime Running Lamps The headlamps automatically Hazard Warning Flashers change from DRL to the regular (DRL)/Automatic headlamps depending on the Headlamp System darkness of the surroundings. The Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can other lamps that come on with the make it easier for others to see the headlamps will also come on. front of your vehicle during the day. When it is bright enough outside, Fully functional daytime running the headlamps go off and the DRL lamps are required on all vehicles come on. first sold in Canada. The regular headlamp system The DRL system makes the should be turned on when needed. low-beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is in the ON/RUN The hazard warning flashers let position. you warn others that you have a problem. . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. The hazard warning flasher button is located on top of the steering . The engine is running. column. When the DRL are on, the regular | : Press to make the front and headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker, Do not cover the light sensor on top of the instrument panel because it rear turn signal lamps flash on and and other lamps are not on. The off. Press the button again to turn instrument panel and cluster are works with the DRL. the flashers off. also not on.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 6-4 Lighting When the hazard warning flashers Raise or lower the lever until the Fog Lamps are on, the turn signals will arrow starts to flash to signal a lane not work. change. Hold it there until the lane change is completed. If the lever is Turn and Lane-Change briefly pressed and released, the turn signal flashes three times. Signals The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb might be burned out. # (Fog Lamps): For vehicles with Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb fog lamps, the button is located on is not burned out, check the fuse. the exterior lamps control. The See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on exterior lamps control is located on page 10‑29. the instrument panel to the left of An arrow on the instrument panel the steering column. cluster will flash in the direction of Turn Signal On Chime the turn or lane change. The ignition must be in the ON/RUN If either one of the turn signals are position for the fog lamps to Move the lever all the way up or left on and the vehicle has been come on. down to signal a turn. driven more than 1.2 km (0.75 mile), a chime will sound.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Lighting 6-5 Press # to turn the fog lamps on or Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps off. A light will come on in the When a door is opened, the instrument panel cluster. Instrument Panel courtesy lamps automatically come When the headlamps are changed Illumination Control on. They make it easy for you to to high beam, the fog lamps also enter and leave your vehicle. You go off. can also manually turn these lamps Some localities have laws that on by fully turning the instrument require the headlamps to be on panel brightness control clockwise. along with the fog lamps. The reading lamps, located on the rearview mirror, can be turned on or off independent of the automatic courtesy lamps, when the doors are closed. D (Instrument Panel Brightness): This knob is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Push the knob in all the way until it extends out and then turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights. Push the knob back in when finished.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 6-6 Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features Entry Lighting For vehicles with courtesy lamps, they come on and stay on for a set time whenever the unlock symbol is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. If a door is opened, the lamps stay on while it is open and then turn off The center mounted dome lamp The vehicle has reading lamps that automatically about 20 seconds overhead comes on when a door is also act as the dome lamp. Press after the door is closed. If the unlock opened. This lamp can also be the button near each lamp to turn symbol is pressed and no door is turned on by turning the instrument them on and off. opened, the lamps turn off after panel brightness control clockwise. about 20 seconds. Map Lamps Entry lighting includes a feature The vehicle has map lamps on the called theater dimming. With theater rearview mirror. Press the button dimming, the lamps do not turn off near each lamp on the mirror to turn at the end of the delay time. the map lamps on and off. Instead, they slowly dim and then go out. The delay time is canceled if the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN or the power door lock switch is pressed. The lamps will dim right away.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Lighting 6-7 When the ignition is on, illuminated Delayed Exit Lighting Parade Dimming entry is inactive, which means the courtesy lamps will not come on This feature illuminates the interior Parade mode automatically prohibits unless a door is opened. for a period of time after the key is the dimming of the instrument panel removed from the ignition. displays during the daylight while Delayed Entry Lighting The ignition must be off for delayed the headlamps are on so that the exit lighting to work. When the key displays are still able to be seen. Delayed entry lighting illuminates is removed, interior illumination the interior for a period of time after activates and remains on until one Battery Load all the doors have been closed. of the following occurs: Management The ignition must be off for delayed . The ignition is in ON/RUN. The vehicle has Electric Power entry lighting to work. Immediately after all the doors have been closed, . The power door locks are Management (EPM) that estimates the delayed entry lighting feature activated. the batterys temperature and state continues to work until one of the of charge. It then adjusts the voltage . An illumination period of for best performance and extended following occurs: 20 seconds has elapsed. life of the battery. . The ignition is in ON/RUN. If during the illumination period When the batterys state of charge . The doors are locked. a door is opened, the timed is low, the voltage is raised slightly illumination period will be canceled to quickly bring the charge back up. . An illumination period of about and the interior lamps will remain on When the state of charge is high, 25 seconds has elapsed. because a door is open. the voltage is lowered slightly If during the illumination period to prevent overcharging. a door is opened, the timed illumination period is canceled and the interior lamps remain on.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 6-8 Lighting If the vehicle has a voltmeter gauge EPM works to prevent excessive Battery Power Protection or a voltage display on the Driver discharge of the battery. It does this Information Center (DIC), you may by balancing the generators output This feature helps prevent the see the voltage move up or down. and the vehicles electrical needs. battery from being drained, if This is normal. If there is a problem, It can increase engine idle speed to the interior courtesy lamps, an alert will be displayed. generate more power, whenever reading/map lamps, visor needed. It can temporarily reduce vanity lamps, or trunk lamp are The battery can be discharged at accidentally left on. If any of these idle if the electrical loads are very the power demands of some accessories. lamps are left on, they automatically high. This is true for all vehicles. turn off after 10 minutes, if the This is because the generator Normally, these actions occur in ignition is off. The lamps will not (alternator) may not be spinning fast steps or levels, without being come back on again until one enough at idle to produce all the noticeable. In rare cases at the of the following occurs: power that is needed for very high highest levels of corrective action, electrical loads. this action may be noticeable to the . The ignition is turned on. A high electrical load occurs when driver. If so, a Driver Information . The exterior lamps control is several of the following are on, such Center (DIC) message might be turned off, then on again. as: headlamps, high beams, fog displayed, such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE. If this messages The headlamps will time out after lamps, rear window defogger, 10 minutes, if they are manually climate control fan at high speed, displays, it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as turned on with the ignition on or off. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into much as possible. See Driver accessory power outlets. Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑23.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Infotainment System 7-1 . Set up the tone, speaker Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio System Infotainment stations. For more information, see Defensive Determine which radio the vehicle Driving on page 9‑3. Introduction has and read the following pages to Notice: Contact your dealer Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 become familiar with its features. before adding any equipment. Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 { WARNING Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with Radio Taking your eyes off the road for the operation of the engine, radio, AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 extended periods could cause a or other systems, and could Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 crash resulting in injury or death damage them. Follow federal Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 rules covering mobile radio and to you or others. Do not give Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 telephone equipment. Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-13 extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. The vehicle has Retained Audio Players Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 the audio system can be played This system provides access to Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 even after the ignition is turned off. many audio and non-audio listings. See Retained Accessory Power Phone To minimize taking your eyes off the (RAP) on page 9‑18 for more Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 road while driving, do the following information. while the vehicle is parked: . Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 7-2 Infotainment System Theft-Deterrent Feature Operation ® TheftLock is designed to discourage theft of the vehicles radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle. Radio with CD (Base)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Infotainment System 7-3 4 (Information): Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Speed Compensated Volume (SCV): Radios with the Speed Compensated Volume (SCV) feature automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. To activate SCV: 1. Set the radio volume to the desired level. Radio with CD (MP3) 2. Press MENU to display the radio setup menu. The vehicle has one of these radios functions that appear on the radio as its infotainment system. display as tabs directly above the 3. Press the softkey under the softkeys. AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio Softkeys display. The Radio with CD (MP3) has six Using the Radio softkeys located below the radio O (Power/Volume): Press to turn display. Softkeys are used to control the system on and off. Turn to increase or decrease the volume.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 7-4 Infotainment System 4. Press the softkey under the EQ (Equalization): Press this 3. Adjust the setting by doing one desired Speed Compensated button to choose bass and treble of the following: Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, equalization settings designed for or High) to select the level of different types of music. Selecting . Turn the f knob clockwise radio volume compensation. MANUAL or changing bass or or counterclockwise. The display times out after treble, returns the EQ to the manual . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. approximately 10 seconds. Each bass and treble settings. higher setting allows for more Unique EQ settings can be saved . Press FWD or s REV. radio volume compensation at for each source. faster vehicle speeds. If a stations frequency is weak or if there is static, decrease the treble. Setting the Tone Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) To quickly adjust bass, midrange, (Bass/Midrange/Treble) Radio with CD or treble to the middle position, Radio with CD (MP3) To adjust the bass or treble: press the softkey positioned under BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for 1. Press the f knob until Bass or or Treble): To adjust the bass, more than two seconds. A beep Treble displays. midrange, or treble: sounds and the level adjusts to the 2. To adjust the setting, do one of 1. Press the f knob until the tone middle position. the following: control tabs display. To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle . Turn the f knob. 2. Highlight the desired tone control tab by doing one of the position, press the f knob for more . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. following: than two seconds until a beep sounds. . Press FWD or s REV. . Press the f knob. . Press the softkey under the desired tab.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Infotainment System 7-5 EQ (Equalization): Press this Adjusting the Speakers To quickly adjust all speaker and button to choose bass and treble (Balance/Fade) Radio with tone controls to the middle position, equalization settings designed for CD (MP3) press the f knob for more than different types of music. Selecting two seconds. MANUAL or changing bass or treble BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To returns the EQ to the manual bass adjust the balance or fade: If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is and treble settings. turned on, the radio disables FADE 1. Press the f knob until the and mutes the rear speakers. Unique EQ settings can be saved speaker control tabs display. for each source. Radio Messages 2. Highlight the desired speaker ® If the radio has a Bose audio control tab by doing one of the Calibration Error: Displays if the system, the EQ settings are either following: radio is no longer calibrated MANUAL or TALK. properly for the vehicle. The vehicle . Press the f knob. must be returned to your dealer for Adjusting the Speakers service. . Press the softkey under the (Balance/Fade) Radio with CD desired tab. Loc or Locked: Displays when the To adjust the balance or fade: 3. Adjust the setting by doing one TheftLock® system has activated. 1. Press the ` button or press of the following: Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. the f knob until the speaker . Turn the f knob clockwise control label displays. If any error occurs repeatedly or if or counterclockwise. an error cannot be corrected, 2. To adjust the setting, do one of . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. contact your dealer. the following: . Press FWD or s REV. . Turn the f knob. . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. . Press FWD or s REV.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 7-6 Infotainment System Radio displays on the bottom line. When Finding a Station information is not available, “NO BAND: Press to choose between INFO” displays. AM-FM Radio FM1, FM2, AM, or XM™ (if Auto Text (RDS Features): If equipped) on the Radio with CD Radio Data System (RDS) additional information is available (Base). Press to choose between The radio may have RDS. The RDS for the current song being played, FM, AM, XM (if equipped) on the feature is available for use only on Auto Text will automatically page/ Radio with CD (MP3). scroll the information every FM stations that broadcast RDS three seconds above the FAV f (Tune): Turn to select radio information. This system relies upon stations. receiving specific information from presets on the radio display. By these stations and only works when default, Auto Text is enabled. © SEEK: Press to seek or scan the information is available. While stations with a strong signal in the To change the Auto Text setting: the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS selected band. 1. Press MENU to display the radio station, the station name or call . To seek stations, press and setup menu. letters display. In rare cases, a radio release © SEEK to go to the station could broadcast incorrect 2. Press the softkey under AUTO previous station and stay there. information that causes the radio TXT tab on the radio display. features to work improperly. If this . To scan stations, press and hold 3. Press the softkey under the ON © SEEK for a few seconds until happens, contact the radio station. or OFF tab on the radio display. the radio beeps once. The radio 4 (Information) (RDS Features): If 4 is pressed and the song title goes to a station, plays for a few For vehicles with RDS features, seconds, then goes to the next or artist information is longer than press 4 to display additional text what can be displayed, the extra station. Press © SEEK again to information related to the current information will page every stop scanning. FM-RDS station. If information is three seconds when Auto Text is available, the song title information . To scan preset stations in activated. the selected band, press and displays on the top line of the display and artist information hold © SEEK for four seconds
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Infotainment System 7-7 until a double beep sounds. The goes to the next stored preset. 6 FM2, and 6 AM), can be radio goes to a stored preset, Press ¨ SEEK again to stop programmed on the 6 numbered plays for a few seconds, then scanning preset stations. pushbuttons. goes to the next stored preset. Storing Radio Stations Storing a Radio Station as a Press © SEEK again to stop Preset, Radio with CD (Base) scanning preset stations. Drivers are encouraged to store radio station while the vehicle is Radios that have numbered ¨ SEEK: Press to seek or scan pushbuttons store radio stations as stations with a strong signal in the parked. See Defensive Driving on page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio presets. selected band. stations using the presets, favorites Up to 18 stations (6 FM1, 6 FM2, . To seek stations, press and button, and steering wheel controls, and 6 AM), can be programmed on release ¨ SEEK to go to the if the vehicle has this feature. the six numbered buttons. next station and stay there. Radios that have a FAV button store To store preset stations: . To scan stations, press and hold radio stations as favorites, up to 1. Tune to a radio station. ¨ SEEK for a few seconds until 36 stations can be programmed as the radio beeps once. The radio favorites using the 6 softkeys below 2. Press and hold one of the goes to a station, plays for a few the radio station frequency tabs and 6 numbered pushbuttons for seconds, then goes to the next by using the FAV button. Press the 3 seconds until a beep sounds. station. Press ¨ SEEK again to FAV button to go through up to 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to store stop scanning. 6 pages of favorites, each having additional radio stations. 6 favorite stations available per . To scan preset stations in page. Each page of favorites can Storing a Radio Station as a the selected band, press and contain any combination of AM, FM, Favorite, Radio with CD (MP3) hold ¨ SEEK for four seconds or XM, if equipped, stations. Radios that have a FAV button store until a double beep sounds. The Radios that do not have a FAV radio stations as favorites. radio goes to a stored preset, button store radio stations as plays for a few seconds, then To store a station as a favorite: presets, up to 18 stations (6 FM1, 1. Tune to a radio station.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 7-8 Infotainment System 2. Press the FAV button to display Satellite Radio display and artist information the page where the station will displays on the bottom line. When be stored. XM™ Satellite Radio Service information is not available, “NO 3. Press and hold one of the XM is a satellite radio service INFO” displays. 6 softkeys until a beep sounds. that is based in the 48 contiguous Auto Text (Satellite Radio 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to United States and 10 Canadian Service): If additional information is provinces. XM Satellite Radio available for the current song being store additional radio stations. has a wide variety of programming played, Auto Text will automatically The number of favorites pages can and commercial-free music, page/scroll the information every be set up using the MENU button. coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality three seconds above the FAV To set up the number of favorites sound. A service fee is required to presets on the radio display. By pages: receive the XM service. If XM default, Auto Text is enabled. 1. Press the MENU button. Service needs to be reactivated, the To change the Auto Text setting: radio will display “No Subscription 2. Press the softkey located below Please Renew” on channel XM1. 1. Press MENU to display the radio the FAV 1-6 tab. For more information, contact XM setup menu. 3. Select the number of favorites at www.xmradio.com or call 2. Press the softkey under AUTO pages by pressing the softkey 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and TXT tab on the radio display. located below the displayed www.xmradio.ca or call page numbers. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 3. Press the softkey under the ON or OFF tab on the radio display. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio menu time out, to return to the Service): For vehicles with XM, If 4 is pressed and the song title original main radio screen press 4 to display additional text or artist information is longer than showing the radio station information related to the current what can be displayed, the extra frequency tabs and to begin the XM channel. If information is information will page every process of programming available, the song title information three seconds when Auto Text is favorites. displays on the top line of the activated.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Infotainment System 7-9 . Press the softkey below the Finding an XM Channel s REV: Press to go to the right or left arrows in the BAND: Press to switch between previous XM category. category tab. AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. FWD: Press to go to the next f (Tune):Turn to manually select XM category. . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. an XM channel. Finding a Category (CAT) 3. To exit the category search mode, press the FAV button or © SEEK: Press to go to the Channel BAND button to display the previous XM channel. To find XM channels in a category: favorites again. . To scan stations, press and hold 1. Press the CAT button to display Adding and Removing Categories © SEEK for a few seconds until the category tabs. Continue the radio beeps once. The radio Categories cannot be added or pressing the CAT button until the goes to a cahnnel, plays for a removed while the vehicle is moving desired category name displays. few seconds, then goes to the faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). next station. Press © SEEK . Radios with CD and DVD can also navigate the To add or remove a category: again to stop scanning. category list by pressing the 1. Press the MENU button. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next FWD or the s REV XM channel. 2. Press the softkey located below button. the XM CAT tab. . To scan stations, press and hold 2. Press either of the two softkeys ¨ SEEK for a few seconds until below the desired category tab 3. Turn the f knob to display the the radio beeps once. The radio to immediately tune to the first category you want to add or goes to a station, plays for a few XM station in that category. remove. seconds, then goes to the next 4. Press the softkey located under To go to the previous or next XM station. Press ¨ SEEK again to station in the selected category, the Add or Remove tab. stop scanning. do one of the following: To restore all removed . Turn the f knob. categories, press the softkey under the Restore All tab.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 7-10 Infotainment System 5. Repeat the steps to remove 2. Press the FAV button to display XM Radio Messages more categories. the page where the station will XL (Explicit Language be stored. Storing XM Channels Channels): These channels, or any 3. Press and hold one of the others, can be blocked at a Drivers are encouraged to store 6 softkeys until a beep sounds. customers request, by calling radio station while the vehicle is 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and parked. See Defensive Driving on 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to store additional radio stations. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio stations using the presets, favorites The number of favorites pages can XM Updating: The encryption code button, and steering wheel controls, be set up using the MENU button. in the receiver is being updated, and if the vehicle has this feature. To set up the number of favorites no action is required. This process pages: should take no longer than Up to 36 stations can be 30 seconds. programmed as favorites using the 1. Press the MENU button. 6 softkeys below the radio station No XM Signal: The system is frequency tabs and by using the 2. Press the softkey located below functioning correctly, but the vehicle FAV button. Press the FAV button to the FAV 1-6 tab. is in a location that is blocking the go through up to 6 pages of 3. Select the number of favorites XM signal. When the vehicle is favorites, each having 6 favorite pages by pressing the softkey moved into an open area, the signal stations available per page. Each located below the displayed should return. page of favorites can contain any page numbers. Loading XM: The audio system is combination of AM, FM, or XM, acquiring and processing audio and 4. Press the FAV button, or let the if equipped, stations. text data. No action is needed. This menu time out, to return to the Storing an XM Channel as a original main radio screen message should disappear shortly. Favorite showing the radio station Channel Off Air: This channel is frequency tabs and to begin the not currently in service. Tune in to To store a station as a favorite: process of programming another channel. 1. Tune to an XM channel. favorites.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Infotainment System 7-11 Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is blocked or cannot be received with XM subscription needs to be received when tuned to channel 0, your XM subscription package. reactivated. Contact XM at there could be a receiver fault. Channel Unavail: This previously www.xmradio.com or call Consult with your dealer. assigned channel is no longer 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and Check Antenna: If this message assigned. Tune to another station. www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period If this station was one of the 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. of time, the receiver or antenna presets, choose another station for CAT Not Found: There are no could have a fault. Consult with your that preset button. channels available for the selected dealer. No Artist Info: No artist category. The system is working Check XM Receivr: If this information is available at this time properly. message does not clear within a on this channel. The system is XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver short period of time, the receiver working properly. in the vehicle could have previously could have a fault. Consult with your No Title Info: No song title been in another vehicle. For security dealer. information is available at this time purposes, XM receivers cannot be XM Not Available: If this message on this channel. The system is swapped between vehicles. If this does not clear within a short period working properly. message is received after having of time, the receiver could have a the vehicle serviced, check with fault. Consult with your dealer. No CAT Info: No category your dealer. information is available at this time on this channel. The system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, Radio Reception working properly. this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label. This Frequency interference and static No Information: No text or label is needed to activate the can occur during normal radio informational messages are service. reception if items such as cell phone available at this time on this chargers, vehicle convenience channel. The system is working accessories, and external electronic properly. devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet. If there is
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 7-12 Infotainment System interference or static, unplug the XM™ Satellite Radio Service Backglass Antenna item from the accessory power XM Satellite Radio Service gives The AM-FM antenna is integrated outlet. digital radio reception from coast to with the rear window defogger, AM coast in the 48 contiguous United located in the rear window. Make States, and in Canada. Just as sure that the inside surface of the The range for most AM stations is with FM, tall buildings or hills can greater than for FM, especially at rear window is not scratched and interfere with satellite radio signals, that the lines on the glass are not night. The longer range can cause causing the sound to fade in and station frequencies to interfere damaged. If the inside surface is out. In addition, traveling or standing damaged, it could interfere with with each other. For better radio under heavy foliage, bridges, reception, most AM radio stations radio reception. For proper radio garages, or tunnels may cause loss reception, the antenna connector boost the power levels during the of the XM signal for a period of time. day, and then reduce these levels needs to be properly attached to the during the night. Static can also Cellular Phone Usage post on the glass. occur when things like storms and If a cellular telephone antenna Cellular phone usage may cause power lines interfere with radio needs to be attached to the glass, interference with the vehicles radio. reception. When this happens, try make sure that the grid lines for the This interference may occur when reducing the treble on the radio. AM-FM antenna are not damaged. making or receiving phone calls, There is enough space between FM Stereo charging the phones battery, the grid lines to attach a cellular or simply having the phone on. This FM signals only reach about telephone antenna without interference causes an increased 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although interfering with radio reception. level of static while listening to the the radio has a built-in electronic radio. If static is received while Notice: Using a razor blade or circuit that automatically works to listening to the radio, unplug the sharp object to clear the inside reduce interference, some static cellular phone and turn it off. rear window can damage the rear can occur, especially around tall window antenna and/or the rear buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Infotainment System 7-13 window defogger. Repairs would Audio Players load one CD at a time, and keep not be covered by the vehicle the CD player and the loading slot warranty. Do not clear the inside free of foreign materials, liquids, rear window with sharp objects. CD Player and debris. Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Some CD players can play MP3 If an error displays, see “CD glass tinting with metallic film. CD-R or CD-RW discs. See “MP3” Messages” later in this section. The metallic film in some tinting later in this section for more materials will interfere with or information. Care of CDs distort the incoming radio The CD player can play the smaller Store a disc in its original case or a reception. Any damage caused to 8 cm (3 in) single discs with an protective case and away from your backglass antenna due to adapter ring. direct sunlight and dust. If the metallic tinting materials will not bottom of a disc is damaged it may be covered by the vehicle Care of the CD Player not play properly or at all. Do not warranty. Do not add labels to a disc. It could touch the bottom of a disc while get caught in the CD player. Use a handling it, pick it up by grasping Satellite Radio Antenna marking pen to write on the top of the outer edges or the edge of the the disc if a description is needed. hole and the outer edge. The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of the vehicle. Do not use CD lens cleaners. They If the surface of a disc is dirty, take Keep the antenna clear of could damage the CD player. a soft, lint‐free cloth or dampen a obstructions for clear radio clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral Notice: If a label is added to a detergent solution mixed with water, reception. CD, more than one CD is inserted and clean it. Make sure the wiping If the vehicle has a sunroof, the into the slot at a time, or an process starts from the center to performance of the XM system (if attempt is made to play scratched the edge. equipped) may be affected if the or damaged CDs, the CD player sunroof is open. could be damaged. While using the CD player, use only CDs in good condition without any label,
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 7-14 Infotainment System Inserting a Disc the player, the CD starts to play FWD (Fast Forward): Press where it stopped, if it was the last and hold to advance playback Insert the disc partway into the slot, selected audio source. quickly within a track. Sound is label side up. The player pulls it in and the disc begins playing. Buttons and Knobs heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the track displays. Use an adapter ring when playing The buttons and knobs on the radio Release to resume playing the the smaller 8 cm (3 in) discs. control the following features. track. Smaller discs with the adapter ring are loaded the same way as a f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on 4 (Information): Press to display the CD. available additional information full-size disc. © SEEK: Press to go to the start about the current track. Ejecting a Disc of the current track, if more than BAND: Press to listen to the radio Z EJECT: Press to eject the disc. 10 seconds have played. Press while a CD is playing. The CD If the disc is not removed after and hold or press multiple times to remains inside the CD player. several seconds, the CD player continue moving backward through the tracks on the CD. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to automatically pulls the disc back in. play a CD while listening to the Playing a CD ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next radio or a portable audio device. track. Press and hold or press Press this button again and the When a CD is inserted into the multiple times to continue moving system automatically searches for player, the CD symbol displays. As forward through the tracks on an auxiliary input device, such as a each new track starts to play, the the CD. portable audio player. If a portable track number displays. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold audio player is not connected, No If the ignition or radio is turned off to reverse playback quickly within a Aux Input Device Found may when a CD is in the player, the CD track. Sound is heard at a reduced display. stays in the player. If the ignition or volume and the elapsed time of the radio is turned on when a CD is in track displays. Release to resume playing the track.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Infotainment System 7-15 Softkeys contains both types of audio, the CD Empty Folder The six softkeys below the radio player reads all MP3 files first, then Folders that do not contain files are display are used to control functions the uncompressed CD audio files. skipped, and the player advances to that display as tabs. Supported File and Folder the next folder that contains files. The softkeys below the radio display Structure File Naming control the following features. The radio supports: The song name that displays is the RDM (Random): Tracks can be . Up to 50 folders. song name that is contained in the listened to in random, rather than ID3 tag. If the song name is not sequential order. . Up to 8 folders in depth. present in the ID3 tag, then the To use random: . Up to 50 playlists. radio displays the file name without . Up to 255 files. the file extension as the track name. 1. Press the softkey below the RDM tab until Random Current . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl Track names longer than Disc displays. extension. 32 characters or 4 pages are shortened. The display does not 2. Press the softkey again to turn . Files with an .mp3 or .cda file show parts of words on the last off random play. extension. page of text and the extension of MP3 Supported Files Root Directory the filename is not displayed. The Radio with CD (MP3) has the The root directory is treated as a Playlists capability of playing an MP3 CD-R folder. Files are stored in the root Discs that have playlists that or CD-RW disc. directory when the disc or storage were created using WinAmp™, device does not contain folders. MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ The radio can also play discs that Files accessed from the root contain both uncompressed CD software can be accessed; however, directory of a disc display as there is no playlist editing capability audio and MP3 files. When a disc F1 ROOT. using the radio. These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 7-16 Infotainment System Playing an MP3 Buttons and Knobs FWD (Fast Forward): Press Order of Play The buttons and knobs on the radio and hold to advance playback control the following features. quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced Tracks are played in the following volume and the elapsed time of the order: f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files on the disc. track displays. Release FWD to . Play begins from the first track in resume playing. the first playlist and continues © SEEK: Press to go to the start of sequentially through all tracks in the track, if more than 10 seconds 4 (Information): Press to display have played. Press and hold or available additional information each playlist. When the last about the current track. track of the last playlist has press multiple times to continue played, play continues from the moving backward through tracks. BAND: Press to listen to the radio first track of the first playlist. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next while an MP3 disc is playing. The track. Press and hold or press MP3 disc remains inside the CD . Play begins from the first track in player. the first folder and continues multiple times to continue moving sequentially through all tracks in forward through tracks. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to each folder. When the last track s REV (Reverse): Press and hold play an MP3 disc while listening to of the last folder has played, to reverse playback quickly. Sound the radio or a portable audio device. play continues from the first is heard at a reduced volume and Press this button again and the track of the first folder. the elapsed time of the track system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device, such as a When playback starts from a new displays. Release s REV to portable audio player. If a portable folder, the new track name displays resume playing. audio player is not connected, No unless folder mode has been Aux Input Device Found may chosen as the default display, then display. the new folder name displays.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) Infotainment System 7-17 Softkeys h (Music Navigator): Press the To change from playback by artist to playback by album: The six softkeys below the radio softkey below h to have the files display are used to control functions played in order by artist or album. 1. Press the softkey located below that display as tabs. The player scans the disc to sort the the Sort By tab. The softkeys below the radio display files by artist and album ID3 tag 2. Press one of the softkeys below control the following features. information. It can take several the Album tab from the sort minutes to scan the disc depending screen. S c (Previous Folder): Press on the number of files on the disc. the softkey below S c to go to the The radio may begin playing while it 3. Press the softkey below the first track in the previous folder. is scanning in the background. Back tab to return to the main music navigator screen. c T (Next Folder): Press the When the scan is finished, the disc begins playing files in order by The album name displays on the softkey below c T to go to the first artist. The current artist playing is second line between the arrows track in the next folder. and songs from the current album shown on the second line of the RDM (Random): MP3 files can be display. Once all songs by that artist begins to play. Once all songs from listened to on a CD in random, are played, the player moves to the that album have played, the player rather than sequential order. To use next artist in alphabetical order and moves to the next album in random: begins playing files by that artist. alphabetical order on the disc and begins playing MP3 files from that 1. Press the softkey under the To listen to files by another artist, album. RDM tab until Random Current press the softkey located below Disc displays to play songs from either arrow tab. The disc goes to To exit music navigator mode, press the current CD in random order. the next or previous artist in the softkey below the Back tab to alphabetical order. Continue return to normal MP3 playback. 2. Press the same softkey again to turn off random play. pressing either softkey below the arrow tab until the desired artist displays.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 7-18 Infotainment System CD Player Messages If any error occurs repeatedly or if To use a portable audio player, an error cannot be corrected, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to CHECK DISC: If an error message contact your dealer. If the radio the radios front auxiliary input jack. displays and/or the disc comes out, displays an error message, write it While a device is connected, press it could be for one of the following down and provide it to your dealer the radio CD/AUX button to begin reasons: when reporting the problem. playing audio from the device over . The CD player is very hot. When the vehicle speakers. the temperature returns to Auxiliary Devices O (Power/Volume): Turn to normal, the disc should play. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack increase or decrease the volume of . The road is very rough. When the portable player. Additional the road becomes smoother, the The radio system has an auxiliary volume adjustments might need to disc should play. input jack located on the lower right be made from the portable device. side of the faceplate. This is not . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, BAND: Press to listen to the radio an audio output; do not plug the or upside down. while a portable audio device is headphone set into the front . The air is very humid. If so, wait playing. The portable audio device auxiliary input jack. However, an about an hour and try again. continues playing until it is stopped external audio device such as an or turned off. . A problem occurred while iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player, burning the disc. CD changer, or cassette tape player CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to can be connected to the auxiliary play a CD while a portable audio . The label is caught in the CD input jack as another source for device is playing. Press again and player. audio listening. the system begins playing audio If the disc is not playing correctly for from the connected portable audio Drivers are encouraged to set up any other reason, try a known player. If a portable audio player is any auxiliary device while the good disc. not connected, No Aux Input Device vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive Found may display. Driving on page 9‑3 for more information on driver distraction.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1) Infotainment System 7-19 . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Phone The system may not work with A Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands‐Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in and not all phones work with the a hands-free mode. for more information. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . Sharing of the cell phone’s . See “Storing and Deleting Phone www.gm.com/bluetooth for more address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for information on compatible phones. the vehicle. more information. Voice Recognition To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle { WARNING The Bluetooth system uses voice parked: recognition to interpret voice When using a cell phone, it can commands to dial phone numbers . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or and name tags. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment For additional information, say contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your “Help” while you are in a voice duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash Noise: Keep interior noise levels to or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus a minimum. The system may not . Review the controls and your attention on driving. recognize voice commands if there operation of the infotainment is too much background noise. system.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1) 7-20 Infotainment System . Up to five cell phones can be When to Speak: A short tone b / g (Push To Talk): Press to paired to the Bluetooth system. sounds after the system responds answer incoming calls, confirm indicating when it is waiting for a system information, and start . The pairing process is disabled voice command. Wait until the tone speech recognition. when the vehicle is moving. and then speak. c / x (End): Press to end a call, . Pairing only needs to be How to Speak: Speak clearly in a reject a call, or cancel an operation. completed once, unless the calm and natural voice. pairing information on the cell Pairing phone changes or the cell phone Audio System A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is deleted from the system. When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can system, sound comes through the system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth vehicles front audio system vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time. speakers and overrides the audio the cell phone manufacturers user system. Use the audio system guide for Bluetooth functions before . If multiple paired cell phones are volume knob, during a call, to pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth within range of the system, the change the volume level. The phone is not connected, calls will be system connects to the first adjusted volume level remains in made using OnStar Hands‐Free available paired cell phone in the memory for later calls. To prevent Calling, if equipped. See OnStar order that they were first paired missed calls, a minimum volume Overview on page 14‑1 for more to the system. To connect to a level is used if the volume is turned information. different paired phone, see down too low. “Connecting to a Different Pairing Information Phone” later in this section. Bluetooth Controls . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Use the buttons located on the capability cannot be paired to steering wheel to operate the in‐ the vehicle as a phone and an vehicle Bluetooth system. See MP3 player at the same time. Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑3 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1) Infotainment System 7-21 Pairing a Phone with “<phone name> has been 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks successfully paired” after the which phone to delete. 1. Press and hold b / g for pairing process is complete. two seconds. 4. Say the name of the phone you 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair want to delete. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command additional phones. can be skipped. Connecting to a Different Phone Listing All Paired and Connected To connect to a different cell phone, 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Phones with instructions and a four‐digit the Bluetooth system looks for the Personal Identification Number The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all the available cell also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on 4. Start the pairing process on the system responds with “is connected” which cell phone you want to cell phone that you want to pair. after that phone name. connect to, you may have to use For help with this process, see this command several times. the cell phone manufacturers 1. Press and hold b / g for user guide. two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say “Bluetooth.” two seconds. Vehicle” in the list on the cell 2. Say “Bluetooth.” phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” on the cell phone to enter the 3. Say “Change phone.” Deleting a Paired Phone PIN provided in Step 3. After the . If another cell phone is If the phone name you want to PIN is successfully entered, the found, the response will be delete is unknown, see “Listing All “<Phone name> is now system prompts you to provide a Paired and Connected Phones.” connected.” name for the paired cell phone. This name will be used to 1. Press and hold b / g for . If another cell phone is not indicate which phones are two seconds. found, the original phone paired and connected to the remains connected. vehicle. The system responds 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1) 7-22 Infotainment System Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Numbers that you want to store. After 1. Press and hold b / g for each digit is entered, the system The system can store up to two seconds. repeats back the digit it heard 30 phone numbers as name tags in followed by a tone. After the last 2. Say “Store.” the Hands‐Free Directory that is digit has been entered, say shared between the Bluetooth and 3. Say the phone number or group “Store,” and then follow the OnStar systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to at once with no pauses, then save a name tag for this number. The following commands are used follow the directions given by the to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for Using the “Delete” Command Store: This command will store a this number. phone number, or a group of 1. Press and hold b / g for numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command two seconds. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the 3. Say the name tag you want to name tag by entering the digits one delete. at a time. last number. To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Delete: This command is used to Command delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored Delete All Name Tags: This name tags in the Hands‐Free command deletes all stored 1. Press and hold b / g for Calling Directory and the OnStar name tags in the Hands‐Free two seconds. Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, Calling Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” if equipped. Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, if equipped.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1) Infotainment System 7-23 To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a If an unwanted number is phone number to be dialed by recognized by the system, say 1. Press and hold b / g for entering the digits one at a time. “Clear” at any time to clear the last two seconds. number. Re‐dial: This command is used to 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” dial the last number used on the cell To hear all of the numbers Listing Stored Numbers phone. recognized by the system, say “Verify” at any time. The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” numbers and name tags. Command 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Using the “List” Command 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 1. Press and hold b / g for 3. Say each digit, one at a time, two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system pausing, or say the name tag. repeats back the digit it heard 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” Once connected, the person called followed by a tone. After the last 4. Say “List.” will be heard through the audio digit has been entered, speakers. say “Dial.” Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called Calls can be made using the will be heard through the audio following commands. The digit dial command allows a speakers. Dial or Call: The dial or call phone number to be dialed by command can be used entering the digits one at a time. interchangeably to dial a phone After each digit is entered, the number or a stored name tag. system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1) 7-24 Infotainment System Using the “Re‐dial” Command . Press b / g again to return to Muting a Call the original call. 1. Press and hold b / g for During a call, all sounds from inside two seconds. . To ignore the incoming call, no the vehicle can be muted so that the action is required. person on the other end of the call 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” cannot hear them. Once connected, the person called . Press c / x to disconnect the will be heard through the audio current call and switch to the call . To mute a call, press b / g , and speakers. on hold. then say “Mute call.” Receiving a Call Three‐Way Calling . To cancel mute, press b / g , Three‐way calling must be and then say “Un‐mute call.” When an incoming call is received, the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and Transferring a Call tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service carrier. Audio can be transferred between . Press b / g to answer the call. the Bluetooth system and the cell 1. While on a call, press b / g. phone. . Press c / x to ignore a call. 2. Say “Three‐way call.” The cell phone must be paired and Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to connected with the Bluetooth dial the number of the third party system before a call can be Call waiting must be supported on transferred. The connection process the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. can take up to two minutes after the wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, ignition is turned to ON/RUN. . Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers incoming call when another call together. is active. The original call is Ending a Call placed on hold. Press c / x to end a call.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1) Infotainment System 7-25 Transferring Audio from the To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone: During a Call During a call with the audio in the 1. Press and hold b / g for 1. Press b / g. The system vehicle: two seconds. responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command a tone. 2. Say “Transfer Call.” can be skipped. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say “Voice.” The system 3. Say the number or name tag Transferring Audio to the to send. responds “OK, accessing Bluetooth System from a Cell <phone name>.” Phone Clearing the System The cell phones normal prompt During a call with the audio on the Unless information is deleted out of messages will go through their cycle cell phone, press b / g. The audio according to the phones operating the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it transfers to the vehicle. If the audio instructions. will be retained indefinitely. This does not transfer to the vehicle, use includes all saved name tags in the the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency phone book and phone pairing phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones information. For information on how manufacturers user guide for more to delete this information, see the The Bluetooth system can send information. previous section “Deleting a Paired numbers and the numbers stored as Phone” and the previous sections Voice Pass-Thru name tags during a call. You can on deleting name tags. use this feature when calling a Voice pass‐thru allows access to the menu‐driven phone system. voice recognition commands on the Account numbers can also be cell phone. See your cell phone stored for use. manufacturers user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1) 7-26 Infotainment System Other Information The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. See Radio Frequency Statement on page 13‑15 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Climate Controls 8-1 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems This vehicle may have a dual or single climate control system. The heating, Climate Control Systems cooling, defrost, defog and ventilation can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 For vehicles with heated seats, see Heated Front Seats on page 3‑7. Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Controls A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger Heated B. Outside Air Seats (If Equipped) C. Recirculation G. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control H. Rear Window Defogger E. Air Conditioning
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 8-2 Climate Controls If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting, the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced. There will be some airflow noticeable from the various outlets when driving, even with the fan in the off position. For more information, see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 8‑5 and Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3. Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn Single Zone clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow A. Fan Control Temperature Control: For dual inside the vehicle. B. Outside Air zone, turn the thumbwheels up or To change the current mode, select down to increase or decrease the one of the following: C. Temperature Control temperature on the driver or the D. Recirculation passenger side of the vehicle. For H (Vent): Air is directed to the single zone, turn the knob clockwise instrument panel outlets. E. Air Delivery Mode Control or counterclockwise to increase or ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided F. Air Conditioning decrease the temperature. between the instrument panel G. Rear Window Defogger 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise outlets and the floor outlets. or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Positioning the knob between two modes can select a combination of those modes.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Climate Controls 8-3 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the # (Air Conditioning): Press to 5. When the coolest temperature is floor outlets, with some of the air turn the air conditioning system selected in the A/C mode, the directed to the windshield and side on or off. An indicator light comes system automatically goes into window outlets. In this mode, the on to show that it is on. The air the recirculation mode to system automatically selects conditioning can be selected in any improve cooling. outside air. mode as long as the fan is on and Using these settings together for - (Defog): This mode clears the the outside temperature is above long periods of time may cause the windshield of fog or moisture. Air is freezing. A flashing indicator light air inside the vehicle to become too directed equally to the windshield indicates that the air conditioning dry. To prevent this from happening, and the floor outlets. When defog is compressor is currently not after the air inside the vehicle has selected, the system turns off available. cooled, turn the recirculation recirculation and runs the air On hot days, open the windows to mode off. conditioning compressor unless let hot inside air escape; then close The air conditioning system the outside temperature is below them. This helps to reduce the time removes moisture from the air, so a 4°C (40°F). it takes for the vehicle to cool down. small amount of water may drip 0 (Defrost): This mode clears It also helps the system to operate under the vehicle while idling or the windshield of fog or frost more more efficiently. after turning off the engine. This is quickly. Air is directed to the For quick cool down on hot days, do normal. windshield with some air to the side the following: % (Outside Air): Press to turn window vents and the floor vents. on outside air. An indicator light When defrost is selected, the 1. Select the H mode. comes on to show that it is on. system automatically forces 2. Press the # button. Outside air will circulate throughout outside air into the vehicle. The the vehicle. air conditioning compressor will 3. Select the coolest temperature run automatically in this setting, for both zones. / (Recirculation): Press to unless the outside temperature is turn on the recirculation mode. An below 4°C (40°F). 4. Select the highest 9 speed. indicator light comes on to show that it is on.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 8-4 Climate Controls This mode helps to quickly heat or The rear window defogger can be Air Vents cool the air inside the vehicle once turned on again for additional the temperature inside the vehicle is window clearing. The length of Use the thumbwheel located below equal to or better than the outside defogger operation will increase if or to the side of the outlet, to temperature. It can be used to the vehicle is being driven. change the direction of the air flow. prevent outside air and odors For vehicles with heated outside from entering the vehicle. The Operation Tips rearview mirrors, the mirrors heat to recirculation mode is not available in help clear fog or frost from the . Clear away any ice, snow, outside air, floor, defog, or defrost surface of the mirror when the rear or leaves from the air inlets at modes. If the button is selected window defog button is pressed. the base of the windshield that while in these modes, the indicator See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14. may block the flow of air into the flashes three times. vehicle. Do not drive the vehicle until all the Rear Window Defogger windows are clear. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect The rear window defogger uses a Notice: Do not use anything the performance of the system. warming grid to remove fog from the sharp on the inside of the rear rear window. window. If you do, you could cut . Keep the path under the front or damage the warming grid, and seats clear of objects to help 1 (Rear Window Defogger): The circulate the air inside the rear window defogger turns off the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not vehicle more effectively. automatically after it has been activated for 10 minutes. It can be attach a temporary vehicle turned off manually, by pressing the license, tape, a decal, or anything button again or by turning the similar to the defogger grid. ignition to the LOCK/OFF position.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Climate Controls 8-5 . If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting, Maintenance To change the passenger compartment air filter: the passenger compartment air filter, if equipped, may need to Passenger Compartment 1. Turn off the ignition when the windshield wipers are in the up replaced. For more information, Air Filter position. see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 8‑5 and The vehicle has a passenger 2. Raise the vehicle hood. Maintenance Schedule on compartment particulate air filter. It is located in the engine 3. Pull back the hood weatherstrip page 11‑3. compartment, below the air inlet from the passenger side of the . If fogging reoccurs while in vent grille on the passenger side. vehicle halfway to center. or bi-level modes with mild temperature throughout the The filter traps most of the pollen vehicle, turn on the air from air entering the climate control conditioner to reduce system. It needs to be changed windshield fogging. periodically to ensure system performance. For information on how often to change the passenger compartment air filter, see Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3. 4. Remove the air inlet grille retainers.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 8-6 Climate Controls 5. Lift the air inlet grille and disconnect the washer hose at the quick-connect. 6. Remove the air inlet grille. 7. Remove the water deflector plate. 8. Remove the old passenger compartment air filter. 9. Reverse the steps to install the new air filter. For best climate control system performance, reinstall the air filter. For the type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑12.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Driving and Operating 9-1 Driving and Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Fuel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Operating Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Gasoline Specifications (U.S. and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Engine Exhaust California Fuel Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Running the Vehicle While Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-34 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-36 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Filling a Portable Fuel Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Brakes Antilock Brake Towing Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 General Towing Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7 Driving Characteristics and Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Ride Control Systems Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39 If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Traction Control Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Starting and Operating Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Conversions and Add-Ons New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14 Add-On Electrical Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Cruise Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 9-2 Driving and Operating . Designate a front seat Driving Information passenger to handle potential { WARNING distractions. Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as and can take your focus from the crash resulting in injury or death. programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Focus your attention on driving. judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention Program all trip information into Refer to the infotainment section for away from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to more information on using that governments have enacted laws driving. system, including pairing and using regarding driver distraction. Become a cell phone. . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen If equipped, refer to the navigation your area. to the floor. manual for information on that To avoid distracted driving, always system, including pairing and using . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands a cell phone. to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Driving and Operating 9-3 Defensive Driving Braking { WARNING Defensive driving means “always Braking action involves perception expect the unexpected.” The first Drinking and then driving is time and reaction time. Deciding to step in driving defensively is to wear very dangerous. Your reflexes, push the brake pedal is perception the safety belt. See Safety Belts on perceptions, attentiveness, and time. Actually doing it is page 3‑10. judgment can be affected by even reaction time. . Assume that other road users a small amount of alcohol. You Average driver reaction time is (pedestrians, bicyclists, and can have a serious— or even about three-quarters of a second. other drivers) are going to be fatal— collision if you drive after In that time, a vehicle moving at careless and make mistakes. drinking. 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m Anticipate what they might do Do not drink and drive or ride with (66 ft), which could be a lot of and be ready. a driver who has been drinking. distance in an emergency. . Allow enough following distance Ride home in a cab; or if you are Helpful braking tips to keep in mind between you and the driver in with a group, designate a driver include: front of you. who will not drink. . Keep enough distance between . Focus on the task of driving. you and the vehicle in front Control of a Vehicle of you. Drunk Driving . Avoid needless heavy braking. Braking, steering, and accelerating Death and injury associated with are important factors in helping to . Keep pace with traffic. drinking and driving is a global control a vehicle while driving. tragedy.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 9-4 Driving and Operating If the engine ever stops while the Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery vehicle is being driven, brake . Take curves at a reasonable normally but do not pump the speed. brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the . Reduce speed before entering a engine stops, there will be some curve. power brake assist but it will be . Maintain a reasonable steady used when the brake is applied. speed through the curve. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the . Wait until the vehicle is out of brake pedal will be harder to push. the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. Steering Steering in Emergencies Hydraulic Power Steering . There are some situations when Your vehicle has hydraulic power steering around a problem may The vehicles right wheels can drop steering. It may require be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the maintenance. See Power Steering . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow Fluid on page 10‑17. steering wheel allows you to turn these tips: If power steering assist is lost due 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and to a system malfunction, the vehicle a hand. then, if there is nothing in the can be steered, but may require . The Antilock Brake System way, steer the vehicle so that it increased effort. (ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the braking. pavement. See your dealer if there is a problem.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Driving and Operating 9-5 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Acceleration Skid — too much . Slow down and adjust your one-eighth of a turn, until the throttle causes the driving driving according to weather right front tire contacts the wheels to spin. conditions. Stopping distance pavement edge. Defensive drivers avoid most skids can be longer and vehicle by taking reasonable care suited to control can be affected when 3. Then turn the steering wheel to traction is reduced by water, go straight down the roadway. existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But snow, ice, gravel, or other skids are always possible. material on the road. Learn to Loss of Control recognize warning clues — such If the vehicle starts to slide, follow as enough water, ice, or packed Skidding these suggestions: snow on the road to make a There are three types of skids that . Ease your foot off the mirrored surface — and slow correspond to the vehicles three accelerator pedal and quickly down when you have any doubt. control systems: steer the way you want the . Try to avoid sudden steering, . Braking Skid — wheels are not vehicle to go. The vehicle may acceleration, or braking, rolling. straighten out. Be ready for a including reducing vehicle speed second skid if it occurs. by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or sudden changes could cause steering in a curve causes tires the tires to slide. to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 9-6 Driving and Operating Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued) Other Rainy Weather Tips Rain and wet roads can reduce Besides slowing down, other wet vehicle traction and affect your weather driving tips include: ability to stop and accelerate. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid flowing water could cause the . Pass with caution. driving through large puddles and vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep windshield wiping deep‐standing or flowing water. happens, you and other vehicle equipment in good shape. occupants could drown. Do not . Keep the windshield washer fluid { WARNING ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled. Wet brakes can cause crashes. through flowing water. . Have good tires with proper They might not work as well in a tread depth. See Tires on quick stop and could cause page 10‑33. Hydroplaning pulling to one side. You could . Turn off cruise control. lose control of the vehicle. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicles Highway Hypnosis After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the puddle of water or a car/vehicle water. This can happen if the road is Always be alert and pay attention to wash, lightly apply the brake wet enough and you are going fast your surroundings while driving. pedal until the brakes work enough. When the vehicle is If you become tired or sleepy, find a normally. hydroplaning, it has little or no safe place to park the vehicle (Continued) contact with the road. and rest. There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Driving and Operating 9-7 Other driving tips include: . Stay in your own lane. Do not . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. { WARNING swing wide or cut across the center of the road. Drive at . Keep the interior If you do not shift down, the speeds that let you stay in your temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they own lane. would not work well. You would . Keep your eyes moving — scan . Be alert on top of hills; then have poor braking or even something could be in your lane the road ahead and to the sides. none going down a hill. You could (stalled car, accident). . Check the rearview mirror and crash. Shift down to let the engine vehicle instruments often. assist the brakes on a steep . Pay attention to special road downhill slope. signs (falling rocks area, winding Hill and Mountain Roads roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take Driving on steep hills or through appropriate action. mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for { WARNING driving in these conditions include: Winter Driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) . Keep the vehicle serviced and in or with the ignition off is Driving on Snow or Ice good shape. dangerous. The brakes will have Drive carefully when there is snow to do all the work of slowing down or ice between the tires and the . Check all fluid levels and brakes, and they could get so hot that road, creating less traction or grip. tires, cooling system, and transmission. they would not work well. You Wet ice can occur at about 0°C would then have poor braking or (32°F) when freezing rain begins to . Shift to a lower gear when going even none going down a hill. You fall, resulting in even less traction. down steep or long hills. could crash. Always have the Avoid driving on wet ice or in engine running and the vehicle in freezing rain until roads can be gear when going downhill. treated with salt or sand.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 9-8 Driving and Operating Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces. WARNING (Continued) traction is not lost. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions cannot be seen or smelled. It can and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a cause unconsciousness and even tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the death. traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: Try not to break the fragile traction. If possible, use the Roadside . Clear away snow from around If you accelerate too fast, the drive Assistance Program on page 13‑5. the base of your vehicle, wheels will spin and polish the To get help and keep everyone in especially any that is blocking surface under the tires even more. the vehicle safe: the exhaust pipe. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Turn on the hazard warning . Check again from time to on page 9‑26 improves vehicle flashers. time to be sure snow does stability during hard stops on . Tie a red cloth to an outside not collect there. slippery roads, but apply the brakes mirror. sooner than when on dry pavement. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the Allow greater following distance on { WARNING vehicle that is away from the any slippery road and watch for wind to bring in fresh air. slippery spots. Icy patches can Snow can trap engine exhaust occur on otherwise clear roads in under the vehicle. This may . Fully open the air outlets on shaded areas. The surface of a cause exhaust gases to get or under the instrument curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains panel. when the surrounding roads are Carbon Monoxide (CO) which (Continued) clear. Avoid sudden steering (Continued) maneuvers and braking while on ice.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Driving and Operating 9-9 WARNING (Continued) Run the engine for short periods If the Vehicle Is Stuck only as needed to keep warm, but be careful. Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when . Adjust the climate control To save fuel, run the engine for only stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. system to a setting that short periods as needed to warm circulates the air inside the the vehicle and then shut the engine If the vehicle has a traction system, vehicle and set the fan speed off and close the window most of it can often help to free a stuck to the highest setting. See the way to save heat. Repeat this vehicle. Refer to the vehicles Climate Control System in the until help arrives but only when you traction system in the Index. If stuck feel really uncomfortable from the too severely for the traction system Index. cold. Moving about to keep warm to free the vehicle, turn the traction For more information about also helps. system off and use the rocking carbon monoxide, see Engine method. Exhaust on page 9‑21. If it takes some time for help to arrive, now and then when you run Snow can trap exhaust gases the engine, push the accelerator { WARNING under your vehicle. This can pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicles tires spin at high cause deadly CO (Carbon faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and you Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO keeps the battery charged to restart or others could be injured. The could overcome you and kill you. the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little vehicle can overheat, causing an You cannot see it or smell it, so as possible to save fuel. engine compartment fire or other you might not know it is in your damage. Spin the wheels as little vehicle. Clear away snow from as possible and avoid going around the base of your vehicle, above 55 km/h (35 mph). especially any that is blocking the exhaust. See Tire Chains on page 10‑52.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 9-10 Driving and Operating Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information It Out Label It is very important to know how Turn the steering wheel left and much weight your vehicle can right to clear the area around the carry. Two labels on your vehicle front wheels. Turn off any traction or show how much weight it may stability system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward properly carry, the Tire and gear, spinning the wheels as little as Loading Information label and possible. To prevent transmission the Vehicle Certification label. wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. { WARNING Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the Do not load the vehicle any accelerator pedal when the heavier than the Gross transmission is in gear. Slowly Vehicle Weight Rating Label Example spinning the wheels in the forward (GVWR), or either the and reverse directions causes a A vehicle-specific Tire and maximum front or rear Gross Loading Information label is rocking motion that could free the Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). vehicle. If that does not get the attached to the vehicles center vehicle out after a few tries, it might This can cause systems to pillar (B-pillar). With the driver need to be towed out. See Towing break and change the way the door open, you will find the label the Vehicle on page 10‑65. vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock cause loss of control and a post (striker). The Tire and crash. Overloading can also Loading Information label lists shorten the life of the vehicle. the number of occupant seating
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Driving and Operating 9-11 positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit and luggage load capacity kilograms and pounds. The 1. Locate the statement is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 vehicle capacity weight “The combined weight of (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). includes the weight of all occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined occupants, cargo, and all never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo nonfactory‐installed options. XXX lbs” on your vehicles being loaded on the vehicle. The Tire and Loading placard. That weight may not safely Information label also lists 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo the tire size of the original weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity equipment tires (C) and the passengers that will be riding calculated in Step³4. recommended cold tire inflation in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing pressures (D). For more a trailer, the load from your information on tires and inflation, 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to see Tires on page 10‑33 and your vehicle. Consult this Tire Pressure on page 10‑40. passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. manual to determine how this There is also important loading reduces the available cargo information on the Certification 4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity for label. It tells you the Gross the available amount of cargo your vehicle. Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” If your vehicle can tow a trailer, and the Gross Axle Weight see Trailer Towing on page 9‑42 Rating (GAWR) for the front and amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb for important information on rear axle, see “Certification towing a trailer, towing safety Label” later in this section. passengers in your vehicle, rules, and trailering tips.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 9-12 Driving and Operating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity A. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) C. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Driving and Operating 9-13 Refer to your vehicles Tire and The label shows the gross Loading Information label for weight capacity of your vehicle, WARNING (Continued) specific information about your called the Gross Vehicle Weight vehicles maximum vehicle Rating (GVWR). The GVWR This can cause systems to capacity weight and seating includes the weight of the break and change the way the positions. The combined weight vehicle, all occupants, fuel, vehicle handles. This could of the driver, passengers, and and cargo. cause loss of control and a cargo should never exceed your crash. Overloading can also Never exceed the GVWR for shorten the life of the vehicle. vehicles maximum vehicle your vehicle or the Gross Axle capacity weight. Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front or rear axle. Notice: Overloading the Certification Label vehicle may cause damage. If there is a heavy load, it should Repairs would not be covered be spread out. by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle. { WARNING If things like suitcases, tools, Do not load the vehicle any packages, or anything else are heavier than the Gross put inside the vehicle, they will Vehicle Weight Rating go as fast as the vehicle goes. (GVWR), or either the If you have to stop or turn maximum front or rear Gross quickly, or if there is a crash, Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). they will keep going. (Continued) A vehicle-specific Certification label is found on the rear edge of the driver door.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 9-14 Driving and Operating { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Starting and Operating Things inside the vehicle can . Do not leave an strike and injure people in a unsecured child restraint New Vehicle Break-In sudden stop or turn, or in a in the vehicle. crash. Notice: The vehicle does not . Secure loose items in the need an elaborate break-in. But it . Put things in the cargo vehicle. will perform better in the long run area of the vehicle. In the if you follow these guidelines: cargo area, put them as . Do not leave a seat folded . Do not drive at any one far forward as possible. down unless needed. constant speed, fast or Try to spread the weight slow, for the first 805 km evenly. (500 miles). Do not make . Never stack heavier full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or things, like suitcases, slow the vehicle. inside the vehicle so that some of them are above . Avoid making hard stops for the tops of the seats. the first 322 km (200 miles) or so. During this time the new (Continued) brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Driving and Operating 9-15 . Do not tow a trailer during To shift out of P (Park), the ignition Do not turn the engine off when the break-in. See Trailer Towing must be in ON/RUN and the brake vehicle is moving. This will cause a on page 9‑42 for the trailer pedal must be applied. loss of power assist in the brake towing capabilities of your and steering systems and disable vehicle and more Notice: Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could the airbags. information. cause damage to the switch or If the vehicle must be shut off in an Following break‐in, engine speed break the key. Use the correct emergency: and load can be gradually key, make sure it is all the way in, increased. 1. Brake using a firm and steady and turn it only with your hand. pressure. Do not pump the If the key cannot be turned by brakes repeatedly. This may Ignition Positions hand, see your dealer. deplete power assist, requiring A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ increased brake pedal force. LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). stopped, turn the ignition switch to This can be done while the LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. vehicle is moving. After shifting Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to N (Neutral), firmly apply the will remain active. See Retained brakes and steer the vehicle to a Accessory Power (RAP) on safe location. page 9‑18 3. Come to a complete stop, shift This position locks the ignition and to P (Park), and turn the ignition steering wheel. It also locks the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with transmission. This is the only an automatic transmission, the position in which the ignition key shift lever must be in P (Park) to can be inserted or removed. turn the ignition switch to the The ignition switch has four different positions. LOCK/OFF position.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1) 9-16 Driving and Operating 4. Set the parking brake. See while the engine is off. To use ACC/ A warning chime will sound and the Parking Brake on page 9‑27 ACCESSORY, turn the key Driver Information Center (DIC) will clockwise. display DRIVER DOOR OPEN { WARNING C (ON/RUN): This position can be when the driver door is opened, the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or used to operate the electrical Turning off the vehicle while accessories and to display some LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the moving may cause loss of power instrument panel cluster warning ignition. See Door Ajar Messages assist in the brake and steering and indicator lights. This position on page 5‑28 for more information. systems and disable the airbags. can also be used for service and While driving, only shut the diagnostics, and to verify the proper Starting the Engine vehicle off in an emergency. operation of the malfunction Move the shift lever to P (Park) or indicator lamp as may be required N (Neutral). The engine will not start If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, for emission inspection purposes. in any other position. To restart the and must be shut off while driving, The switch stays in this position engine when the vehicle is already turn the ignition to ACC/ when the engine is running. moving, use N (Neutral) only. ACCESSORY. If you leave the key in the ACC/ Notice: Do not try to shift to The steering can bind with the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. wheels turned off center. If this with the engine off, the battery could If you do, you could damage the happens, move the steering wheel be drained. You may not be able to transmission. Shift to P (Park) from left to right while turning the start the vehicle if the battery is only when the vehicle is stopped. key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this allowed to drain for an extended period of time. Starting Procedure doesnt work, then the vehicle needs service. D (START): This is the position that 1. With your foot off the accelerator starts the engine. When the engine pedal, turn the ignition to START. B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the starts, release the key. The ignition When the engine starts, let go of position in which you can operate switch returns to ON/RUN for the key. The idle speed will slow the radio and windshield wipers driving. down as the engine warms. Do
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1) Driving and Operating 9-17 not race the engine immediately When the Low Fuel warning for up to a maximum of after starting it. Operate the lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL 15 seconds. Wait at least engine and transmission gently LOW message is displayed in 15 seconds between each try, to to allow the oil to warm up and the Driver Information Center allow the cranking motor to cool lubricate all moving parts. (DIC), the Computer‐Controlled down. When the engine starts, The vehicle has a Cranking System is disabled let go of the key and accelerator. Computer-Controlled Cranking to prevent possible vehicle If the vehicle starts briefly but System. This feature assists in component damage. When this then stops again, repeat these starting the engine and protects happens, hold the ignition switch steps. This clears the extra components. If the ignition key is in the START position to gasoline from the engine. Do not turned to the START position, continue engine cranking. race the engine immediately and then released when the Notice: Cranking the engine for after starting it. Operate the engine begins cranking, the long periods of time, by returning engine and transmission gently engine will continue cranking for the key to the START position until the oil warms up and a few seconds or until the immediately after cranking has lubricates all moving parts. vehicle starts. If the engine does ended, can overheat and damage Notice: The engine is designed to not start and the key is held in the cranking motor, and drain the work with the electronics in the START, cranking will be stopped battery. Wait at least 15 seconds vehicle. If you add electrical parts after 15 seconds to prevent between each try, to let the or accessories, you could change cranking motor damage. To cranking motor cool down. the way the engine operates. prevent gear damage, this 2. If the engine does not start after Before adding electrical system also prevents cranking if five to 10 seconds, especially in equipment, check with your the engine is already running. very cold weather (below −18°C dealer. If you do not, the engine Engine cranking can be stopped or 0°F), it could be flooded with might not perform properly. Any by turning the ignition switch to too much gasoline. Try pushing resulting damage would not be the ACC/ACCESSORY or the accelerator pedal all the way covered by the vehicle warranty. LOCK/OFF position. to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1) 9-18 Driving and Operating Engine Heater Retained Accessory { WARNING Power (RAP) The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories can be fuel economy during engine ungrounded outlet could cause an used for up to 10 minutes after the warm‐up in cold weather conditions electrical shock. Also, the wrong engine turned off: at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles kind of extension cord could with an engine coolant heater overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System should be plugged in at least four could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows hours before starting. the cord into a properly grounded The radio will work when the key is To Use the Engine Heater three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. If the cord will not reach, use a Once the key is turned from ON/ 1. Turn off the engine. heavy-duty three-prong extension RUN to LOCK/OFF the radio will 2. Open the hood and unwrap the cord rated for at least 15 amps. continue to work 10 minutes or until electrical cord. The cord is the driver door is opened. The attached to the diagonal brace 4. Before starting the engine, be power windows will continue to work on the driver side of the engine sure to unplug and store the for up to 10 minutes or until any compartment. cord as it was before to keep it door is opened. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded away from moving engine parts, 110-volt AC outlet. and prevent damage. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1) Driving and Operating 9-19 Shifting Into Park 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) 3. While keeping the brake pedal by pulling the shift lever toward applied, set the parking brake. you and moving it up as far as it See Parking Brake on page 9‑27 { WARNING will go. for more information. It can be dangerous to get out of 3. With your foot still holding the 4. Turn the ignition key to the vehicle if the shift lever is not brake pedal down, set the LOCK/OFF. fully in P (Park) with the parking parking brake. See Parking 5. Remove the key and take it with brake firmly set. The vehicle can Brake on page 9‑27 for more you. If you can leave the vehicle roll. If you have left the engine information. with the ignition key in your running, the vehicle can move 4. Turn the ignition key to hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). suddenly. You or others could be LOCK/OFF. injured. To be sure the vehicle will Leaving the Vehicle With the 5. Remove the key and take it with Engine Running not move, even when you are on you. If you can leave the vehicle fairly level ground, use the steps with the ignition key in your that follow. If you are pulling a hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). { WARNING trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑39. Console Shift Lever It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. If the vehicle is equipped with a The vehicle could move suddenly Steering Column Shift Lever console shift lever, use this if the shift lever is not fully in procedure to shift the vehicle into If the vehicle has a steering column P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park): shift lever, use this procedure to firmly set. And, if you leave the shift the vehicle into P (Park): 1. Hold the brake pedal down. vehicle with the engine running, it 1. Hold the brake pedal down. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) could overheat and even catch by pushing the lever all the way fire. You or others could be toward the front of the vehicle. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1) 9-20 Driving and Operating If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park Console Shift the engine running, be sure your If the console shift lever cannot be vehicle is in P (Park) and the Automatic Transmission moved out of P (Park): parking brake is firmly set before Shift Lock you leave it. See Parking Brake on 1. Apply and maintain the regular The vehicle has an electronic shift brakes. page 9‑27 for more information. lock release system. The shift lock Torque Lock release is designed to: 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN position. See Ignition Positions Torque lock is when the weight . Prevent ignition key removal on page 9‑15 for more of the vehicle puts too much unless the shift lever is in information. force on the parking pawl in the P (Park). transmission. This happens when 3. Let up on the shift lever and . Prevent movement of the shift make sure the shift lever is parking on a hill and shifting the lever out of P (Park), unless the transmission into P (Park) is not pushed all the way into P (Park). ignition is in ON/RUN and the done properly and then it is difficult regular brake pedal is applied. 4. Press the shift lever button. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent The shift lock is always functional 5. Then, move the shift into the torque lock, set the parking brake except in the case of a an desired gear. and then shift into P (Park). To find out how, see “Shifting Into Park” in uncharged or low voltage (less If you still cannot move the shift this section. than 9 volt) battery. lever from P (Park), consult your If the vehicle has an uncharged dealer or a professional towing If torque lock does occur, your battery or a battery with low voltage, service. vehicle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve try charging or jump starting the Column Shift the parking pawl pressure, so you battery. See Jump Starting on page 10‑62. If the column shift lever cannot be can shift out of P (Park). moved out of P (Park): 1. Apply and maintain the regular brakes.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1) Driving and Operating 9-21 2. Turn the ignition key to the Engine Exhaust ON/RUN position. See Ignition WARNING (Continued) Positions on page 9‑15 for more information. { WARNING . There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from 3. Shift out of the P (Park) position Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket to the N (Neutral) position. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not 4. Move the vehicle to a safe seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. location. can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is If you still cannot move the shift lever from P (Park), consult your Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: dealer or a professional towing . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows service. with poor ventilation (parking completely down. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired Parking over Things that may block underbody immediately. That Burn airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed { WARNING sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a Things that can burn could touch . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air hot exhaust parts under the due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. vehicle and ignite. Do not park . The vehicle exhaust system over papers, leaves, dry grass, has been modified, damaged or other things that can burn. or improperly repaired. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1) 9-22 Driving and Operating Running the Vehicle Automatic While Parked { WARNING It can be dangerous to get out of Transmission It is better not to park with the The automatic transmission has a engine running. But if you ever have the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully shift lever located on the console to, here are some things to know. between the seats, or on the in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do steering column. Gear positions are { WARNING not leave the vehicle when the indicated on the instrument cluster. Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others contains carbon monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and engine in an enclosed area that move the shift lever to P (Park). has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be sure Exhaust on page 9‑21. the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑19. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑39.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1) Driving and Operating 9-23 P (Park) when the ignition key is in WARNING (Continued) ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease pressure on the shift Do not leave the vehicle when the lever, then push the shift lever all engine is running unless you the way into P (Park) as you have to. If you have left the maintain brake application. Then engine running, the vehicle can move the shift lever into another move suddenly. You or others gear. See Shifting out of Park on could be injured. To be sure the page 9‑20. vehicle will not move, even when R (Reverse): Use this gear to you are on fairly level ground, back up. always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) See Shifting Into Park on while the vehicle is moving P (Park): This position locks the page 9‑19. If you are pulling a forward could damage the front wheels. It is the best position trailer, see Driving Characteristics transmission. The repairs would to use when starting the engine and Towing Tips on page 9‑39. not be covered by the vehicle because the vehicle cannot move warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only easily. after the vehicle is stopped. Make sure the shift lever is fully in { WARNING P (Park) before starting the engine. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without The vehicle has an automatic It is dangerous to get out of the damaging the transmission, see If transmission shift lock control vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. system. You must fully apply the in P (Park) with the parking brake regular brake before shifting from firmly set. The vehicle can roll. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1) 9-24 Driving and Operating N (Neutral): In this position, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or Notice: If the vehicle seems to engine does not connect with the N (Neutral) with the engine accelerate slowly or not shift wheels. To restart the engine when running at high speed may gears when you go faster, and the vehicle is already moving, use damage the transmission. The you continue to drive the vehicle N (Neutral) only. Also, use repairs would not be covered by that way, you could damage the N (Neutral) when the vehicle is the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission. Have the vehicle being towed. engine is not running at high serviced right away. You can speed when shifting the vehicle. drive in L (Low) when you are { WARNING D (Drive): This position is for driving less than 56 km/h (35 mph) and D (Drive) for higher speeds normal driving. It provides the best Shifting into a drive gear while the fuel economy. If you need more until then. engine is running at high speed is power for passing, and you are: Downshifting the transmission in dangerous. Unless your foot is slippery road conditions could result firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than 56 km/h (35 mph), push the accelerator in skidding, see "Skidding" under vehicle could move very rapidly. Loss of Control on page 9‑5. pedal about halfway down. You could lose control and hit . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or L (Low): This position gives you people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all access to gear ranges. This into a drive gear while the engine provides more engine braking but is running at high speed. the way down. lower fuel economy than D (Drive). You can use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. See the following text on Manual Mode.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1) Driving and Operating 9-25 Manual Mode The vehicle has an electronic The highest gear available for this shift position indicator within the pre-determined range is displayed Electronic Range Select instrument cluster. When using the next to the L in the DIC. The (ERS) Mode ERS mode a number will display number displayed in the DIC is the next to the L, indicating the current highest gear that the transmission range that has been selected. will be allowed to operate in. All To use this feature: gears below that number are available. For example, when 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low). 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the 2. Press the + (Plus) or − (Minus) L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears button located on the left side of are automatically shifted by the the steering wheel, to increase vehicle. The transmission will not or decrease the gear range shift into 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) available. button is used or you shift back into D (Drive). When you shift from D (Drive) to L (Low), the transmission will shift to While in L (Low), the transmission a pre-determined lower gear range. will prevent shifting to a lower gear ERS mode allows you to range if the engine speed is choose the top-gear limit of the too high. transmission, which can help control the vehicles speed while driving downhill or towing a trailer.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1) 9-26 Driving and Operating Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it there will not be enough time to becomes necessary to slam on the apply the brakes if that vehicle brakes and continue braking to suddenly slows or stops. Always Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a leave enough room up ahead to System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels stop, even with ABS. are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Using ABS wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold electronic braking system that helps brakes at each wheel. the brake pedal down firmly and let prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure ABS work. You might hear the ABS When the engine is started and the pump or motor operating and feel to each wheel, as required, faster vehicle begins to drive away, ABS the brake pedal pulsate, but this is than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or normal. the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. Braking in Emergencies this test is going on, and it might even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the ABS allows the driver to steer and pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates brake at the same time. In many on wheel speed and controls emergencies, steering can help braking pressure accordingly. more than even the very best Remember: ABS does not change braking. the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑19.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1) Driving and Operating 9-27 Parking Brake To release the parking brake, hold Ride Control Systems the brake pedal down and push the parking brake pedal. When you lift your foot off the parking brake Traction Control pedal, the pedal will follow it to the System (TCS) released position. The vehicle may have a Traction A warning chime will sound and a Control System (TCS) that limits brake warning light located on the wheel spin. This is especially useful instrument panel cluster will come in slippery road conditions. The on, if the parking brake is set, the system operates only if it senses ignition is on, and the vehicle speed that one or both of the front wheels is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). are spinning or beginning to lose Notice: Driving with the parking traction. When this happens, the brake on can overheat the brake system reduces engine power and system and cause premature may also upshift the transmission The parking brake is located to the left of the brake pedal, near the wear or damage to brake system and apply the front brakes to limit parts. Make sure that the parking wheel spin. driver door. brake is fully released and the To set the parking brake, hold the brake warning light is off before brake pedal down, then push down driving. the parking brake pedal. If you are towing a trailer and parking on any hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑39. This light will flash when the TCS is limiting wheel spin.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1) 9-28 Driving and Operating The system may be heard or felt while it is working, but this is normal. If cruise control is being used when TCS begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise control will automatically disengage. Cruise control may be When the system is on, this warning To turn the system on or off, press reengaged when road conditions light comes on and stays on if there the ESC OFF button located on the allow. See Cruise Control on is a problem. instrument panel. page 9‑30. A SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL When the system is turned off, The TCS operates in all message also appears on the DIC. the TRACTION CONTROL OFF transmission shift lever positions. When this warning light is on, the message appears on the DIC. If the But the system can upshift the system will not limit wheel spin. traction control system is limiting transmission only as high as the Adjust your driving accordingly. See wheel spin when the button is shift lever position chosen, so use Ride Control System Messages on pressed to turn the system off, the lower gears only when page 5‑31 for more information. the TRACTION CONTROL OFF necessary. See Automatic To limit wheel spin, especially in message will appear on the DIC and Transmission on page 9‑22. slippery road conditions, TCS the system will turn off right away. should always be left on. But the Press the ESC OFF button again to system can be turned off if needed. turn the system back on. The Turn the system off if the vehicle TRACTION CONTROL ON gets stuck in sand, mud, or snow message will appear in the DIC. and rocking the vehicle is required. Adding non‐dealer accessories can See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on affect the vehicle performance. See page 9‑9 for more information. Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for more information.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1) Driving and Operating 9-29 Electronic Stability For more information, see Ride vehicle. To assist the driver Control System Messages on with vehicle directional control, Control (ESC) page 5‑31. especially in slippery road Your vehicle may have an Electronic conditions, you should always Stability Control (ESC) system leave the system on. But, you can which combines antilock brake, turn ESC off if you ever need to. traction, and stability control If the vehicle is in cruise control systems and helps the driver when the system begins to assist maintain directional control of the the driver maintain directional vehicle in most driving conditions. control of the vehicle, the ESC/TCS When you first start your vehicle This light will flash on the instrument light will flash and the cruise control and begin to drive away, the system panel cluster when the ESC system will automatically disengage. When performs several diagnostic checks is both on and activated. road conditions allow you to use to ensure there are no problems. You may also feel or hear the cruise again, you may re-engage You may hear or feel the system system working; this is normal. the cruise control. See Cruise working. This is normal and does Control on page 9‑30. not mean there is a problem with When the light is on solid and the your vehicle. The system should SERVICE STABILITRAK message initialize before the vehicle reaches is displayed, the system will not 32 km/h (20 mph). assist the driver in maintaining directional control of the vehicle. If the system fails to turn on or Adjust your driving accordingly. See activate due to a fault, the ESC/TCS Ride Control System Messages on light will be on solid, and the page 5‑31. SERVICE STABILITRAK message The ESC OFF button is located on will be displayed. If the system fails The Electronic Stability Control the instrument panel. to turn on or activate due to it not (ESC) system is automatically initializing, the DIC will display enabled whenever you start your STABILITRAK INITIALIZING.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1) 9-30 Driving and Operating The traction control system can be and you want to “rock” your vehicle Cruise Control turned off or back on by pressing to attempt to free it. It may also be the ESC OFF button. To disable necessary to turn off the system With cruise control, you can both traction control and ESC, press when driving in extreme off-road maintain a speed of about 40 km/h and hold the button briefly. conditions where high wheel spin is (25 mph) or more without keeping required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck your foot on the accelerator. Cruise on page 9‑9. control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). ESC may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system. The SERVICE { WARNING STABILITRAK message and the ESC/TCS light will be on solid to Cruise control can be dangerous When the ESC system is turned off, warn the driver that ESC is disabled where you cannot drive safely at the TRACTION CONTROL OFF and requires service. If the problem a steady speed. So, do not use message will appear, the does not clear after restarting the the cruise control on winding STABILITRAK OFF message will vehicle, you should see your dealer roads or in heavy traffic. appear, and the ESC OFF light will for service. See Ride Control Cruise control can be dangerous be on solid to warn the driver that System Messages on page 5‑31 for on slippery roads. On such roads, both traction control and ESC are more information. fast changes in tire traction can disabled. Adding non‐dealer accessories can cause excessive wheel slip, and It is recommended to leave the affect your vehicle performance. you could lose control. Do not use system on for normal driving See Accessories and Modifications cruise control on slippery roads. conditions, but it may be necessary on page 10‑3 for more information. to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow, If your vehicle has the Traction Control System (TCS) and the cruise control is on, TCS will begin to limit wheel spin and the cruise
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1) Driving and Operating 9-31 control automatically turns off . See +RES (Resume/Accelerate): 3. Press and release the SET– Traction Control System (TCS) on Press briefly to make the vehicle button located on the steering page 9‑27. When road conditions resume to a previously set speed, wheel. allow you to safely use it again, the or press and hold to accelerate. 4. Take your foot off the cruise control can be turned SET–: Press to set the speed and accelerator. back on. activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. Resuming a Set Speed [ (Cancel): Press to disengage If cruise control is set at a desired cruise control without erasing the speed and then the brakes are set speed from memory. applied, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set Setting Cruise Control speed from memory. The cruise control light on the Once the vehicle speed is 40 km/h instrument panel cluster comes on (25 mph) or greater, press the +RES after the cruise control has been set button on the steering wheel. The to the desired speed. See vehicle returns to the previously Instrument Cluster on page 5‑10. selected speed and stays there. If the cruise button is on when not in The cruise control buttons are use, it could get bumped and go into located on left side of the steering cruise when not desired. Keep the wheel. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. T (On/Off): Press to turn cruise control on and off. The indicator is lit 1. Press the T button to turn the when cruise control is on. cruise system on. 2. Get up to the desired speed.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1) 9-32 Driving and Operating Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control Cruise Control press the SET– button briefly. Each time this is done, the There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h control: already activated: (1 mph) slower. . To disengage cruise control, . Press and hold the +RES button step lightly on the brake pedal. Passing Another Vehicle While on the steering wheel until the desired speed is reached, then Using Cruise Control . Press the [ button on the release it. Use the accelerator pedal to steering wheel. increase vehicle speed. When you . To turn off the cruise control, . To increase vehicle speed in take your foot off the pedal, the small increments, press the press the T button on the vehicle will slow down to the cruise +RES button. Each time this is steering wheel. speed you set earlier. done, the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills Erasing Speed Memory How well the cruise control will work The cruise control set speed Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle memory is erased from memory by Cruise Control speed, load and the steepness of pressing T or if the ignition is If the cruise control system is turned off. the hills. When going up steep hills, already activated: you might have to step on the . Press and hold the SET– button accelerator pedal to maintain your on the steering wheel until the speed. When going downhill, you lower speed desired is reached, might have to brake or shift to a then release it. lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brakes are applied the cruise control will turn off.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1) Driving and Operating 9-33 Fuel Recommended Fuel Use of the recommended fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline with is an important part of the proper a posted octane rating of 87 or maintenance of this vehicle. To help higher. If the octane rating is less keep the engine clean and maintain than 87, an audible knocking noise, optimum vehicle performance, we commonly referred to as spark recommend the use of gasoline knock, might be heard when driving. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Gasoline. at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible. If heavy knocking is heard Look for the TOP TIER label on the when using gasoline rated at fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets 87 octane or higher, the engine enhanced detergency standards Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge needs service. developed by auto companies. A list and a yellow fuel cap can use either of marketers providing TOP TIER unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). www.toptiergas.com. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑36. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑33.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1) 9-34 Driving and Operating Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Fuels in Foreign (U.S. and Canada Only) Requirements Countries At a minimum, gasoline should If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any meet ASTM specification California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the D 4814 in the United States or designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel Some gasolines contain an the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle octane-enhancing additive called label. If this fuel is not available in warranty. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil against the use of gasolines satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the containing MMT. See Fuel Additives federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. on page 9‑35 for additional control system performance might information. be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑16. If this occurs, return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used, repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1) Driving and Operating 9-35 Fuel Additives For customers who do not use TOP Notice: This vehicle was not TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, designed for fuel that contains To provide cleaner air, all gasolines one bottle of GM Fuel System methanol. Do not use fuel in the United States are now Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel containing methanol. It can required to contain additives that tank at every engine oil change, corrode metal parts in the fuel help prevent engine and fuel system can help clean deposits from fuel system and also damage plastic deposits from forming, allowing the injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel and rubber parts. That damage emission control system to work System Treatment PLUS is the only would not be covered under the properly. In most cases, nothing gasoline additive recommended by vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. General Motors. It is available at However, some gasolines contain Some gasolines that are your dealer. not reformulated for low only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called regulations. To help keep fuel reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese injectors and intake valves clean available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and avoid problems due to dirty recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the injectors or valves, look for gasoline gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend that is advertised as TOP TIER specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. Detergent Gasoline. Look for the However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission ensure gasoline meets enhanced 15% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The detergency standards developed by vehicles that were not designed for malfunction indicator lamp might the auto companies. A list of those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to your marketers providing TOP TIER dealer for service. Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1) 9-36 Driving and Operating Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet Notice: Some additives are not ASTM Specification D 5798 or compatible with E85 fuel and can Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling harm the vehicles fuel system. and a yellow fuel cap can use either the tank with fuel mixtures that Do not add anything to E85. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel do not meet ASTM or CGSB Damage caused by additives containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). specifications can affect driveability would not be covered by the For all other vehicles, use only the and could cause the malfunction vehicle warranty. unleaded gasoline described under indicator lamp to come on. As the Recommended Fuel on page 9‑33. Notice: This vehicle was not outside temperature approaches designed for fuel that contains We encourage the use of E85 in freezing, ethanol fuel distributors methanol. Do not use fuel vehicles that are designed to use it. should supply winter grade ethanol, containing methanol. It can The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded corrode metal parts in the fuel fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline. system and also damage plastic renewable sources such as corn The starting characteristics of E85 and rubber parts. That damage and other crops. fuel make it unsuitable for use when would not be covered under the Many service stations will not have temperatures fall below −18°C vehicle warranty. an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump (0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to available. The U.S. Department of 0°C (32°F), it may take more time to Energy has an alternative fuels start the engine. website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ E85 has less energy per liter locator/stations/) that can help you (gallon) than gasoline, so you will find E85 fuel. Those stations that do need to refill the fuel tank more have E85 should have a label often when using E85 than when indicating ethanol content. Do not you are using gasoline. See Filling use the fuel if the ethanol content is the Tank on page 9‑37. greater than 85%.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1) Driving and Operating 9-37 Filling the Tank { WARNING { WARNING Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. Fuel vapor burns violently and a If you spill fuel and then fuel fire can cause bad injuries. something ignites it, you could be To help avoid injuries to you and badly burned. This spray can others, read and follow all the happen if the tank is nearly full, instructions on the fuel pump and is more likely in hot weather. island. Turn off the engine when Open the fuel cap slowly and wait refueling. Do not smoke near fuel for any hiss noise to stop. Then or when refueling the vehicle. Do unscrew the cap all the way. not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is located sparks, flames, and smoking behind a hinged fuel door on the materials away from fuel. Do not driver side of the vehicle. If the Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the top off or overfill the tank and wait a when refueling the vehicle. This is fuel cap will be yellow and state that few seconds after you have finished E85 or gasoline can be used. See pumping before removing the against the law in some places. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Do not re-enter the vehicle while surfaces as soon as possible. See page 9‑36. pumping fuel. Keep children away Exterior Care on page 10‑67. from the fuel pump; never let To remove the fuel cap, turn it children pump fuel. slowly counterclockwise. When replacing the fuel cap, turn it clockwise until it clicks. Make While refueling, hang the tethered sure the cap is fully installed. The fuel cap on the hook on the inside of diagnostic system can determine if the fuel door.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1) 9-38 Driving and Operating the fuel cap has been left off or The wrong type of fuel cap might improperly installed. This would not fit properly, might cause the WARNING (Continued) allow fuel to evaporate into the malfunction indicator lamp to atmosphere. See Malfunction light, and could damage the fuel . Do not fill a container while Indicator Lamp on page 5‑16. tank and emissions system. See it is inside a vehicle, in a The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message Malfunction Indicator Lamp on vehicles trunk, pickup bed, displays on the Driver Information page 5‑16. or on any surface other than Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not the ground. properly installed. See Fuel System Filling a Portable Fuel . Bring the fill nozzle in contact Messages on page 5‑30 for more Container with the inside of the fill information. opening before operating the { WARNING nozzle. Contact should be { WARNING maintained until the filling is Never fill a portable fuel container complete. If a fire starts while you are while it is in the vehicle. Static refueling, do not remove the electricity discharge from the . Do not smoke while nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by container can ignite the fuel pumping fuel. shutting off the pump or by vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not use a cellular phone notifying the station attendant. and the vehicle damaged if this while pumping fuel. Leave the area immediately. occurs. To help avoid injury to you and others: Notice: If a new fuel cap is . Dispense fuel only into needed, be sure to get the right approved containers. type of cap from your dealer. (Continued)
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1) Driving and Operating 9-39 vehicle such as a motor home, see . Then, during the first 800 km Towing Recreational Vehicle Towing on (500 miles) that a trailer is page 10‑66. towed, do not drive over 80 km/h General Towing (50 mph) and do not make starts Information Driving Characteristics at full throttle. This helps the engine and other parts of the Only use towing equipment that has and Towing Tips vehicle wear in at the heavier been designed for the vehicle. loads. Contact your dealer or trailering Pulling a Trailer dealer for assistance with preparing Here are some important points: . Obey speed limit restrictions the vehicle for towing a trailer. when towing a trailer. Do not . There are many different laws, drive faster than the maximum See the following trailer towing including speed limit restrictions, posted speed for trailers, or no information in this section: having to do with trailering. more than 90 km/h (55 mph), to . For information on driving while Make sure the rig will be legal, save wear on the vehicles parts. towing a trailer, see “Driving not only where you live but also where you will be driving. . Do not tow a trailer when the Characteristics and outside temperature is above Towing Tips.” A good source for this information can be state or 38°C (100°F). . For maximum vehicle and trailer provincial police. Three important considerations weights, see “Trailer Towing.” have to do with weight: . Do not tow a trailer at all during . For information on equipment to the first 1600 km (1,000 miles) . the weight of the trailer, tow a trailer, see “Towing the new vehicle is driven. The Equipment.” . the weight of the trailer tongue engine, transmission or other For information on towing a disabled parts could be damaged. The . and the total weight on the vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on repairs would not be covered by vehicles tires. page 10‑65. For information on the vehicles warranty. towing the vehicle behind another
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1) 9-40 Driving and Operating Driving with a Trailer Following Distance Making Turns Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns amount of experience. Get to know vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the the rig before setting out for the driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the open road. Get acquainted with the This can help to avoid situations vehicle. The vehicle could be feel of handling and braking with the that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very added weight of the trailer. And sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. always keep in mind that the vehicle When turning with a trailer, make you are driving is now longer and Passing wider turns than normal. Do this not as responsive as the vehicle is More passing distance is needed so the trailer will not strike soft by itself. when towing a trailer. Because the shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees Before starting, check all trailer rig is longer, it is necessary to go or other objects. Avoid jerky or hitch parts and attachments, safety much farther beyond the passed sudden maneuvers. Signal well in chains, electrical connectors, lamps, vehicle before returning to the lane. advance. tires and mirror adjustments. If the Backing Up trailer has electric brakes, start the Turn Signals When Towing a vehicle and trailer moving and then Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer apply the trailer brake controller by wheel with one hand. Then, to move The arrows on the instrument panel hand to be sure the brakes are the trailer to the left, move that hand flash whenever signaling a turn or working. This checks the electrical to the left. To move the trailer to the lane change. Properly hooked up, connection at the same time. right, move your hand to the right. the trailer lamps also flash, telling Always back up slowly and, other drivers the vehicle is turning, During the trip, check occasionally if possible, have someone to be sure that the load is secure, changing lanes or stopping. guide you. and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1) Driving and Operating 9-41 When towing a trailer, the arrows on On a long uphill grade, shift down 2. Have someone place chocks the instrument panel flash for turns and reduce the vehicles speed to under the trailer wheels. even if the bulbs on the trailer are around 70 km/h (45 mph) to reduce 3. When the wheel chocks are in burned out. For this reason you may the possibility of the engine and the place, release the brake pedal think other drivers are seeing the transmission overheating. If the until the chocks absorb the load. signal when they are not. It is engine does overheat, see Engine important to check occasionally to Overheating on page 10‑15. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then be sure the trailer bulbs are still apply the parking brake and shift working. Parking on Hills the transmission into P (Park). 5. Release the brake pedal. Driving on Grades { WARNING Notice: Do not tow on steep Leaving After Parking on a Hill continuous grades exceeding Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal 9.6 km (6 miles). Extended, while you: higher than normal engine and dangerous. If something goes transmission temperatures may wrong, the rig could start to move. . start the engine, result and damage the vehicle. People can be injured, and both . shift into a gear, and Frequent stops are very important the vehicle and the trailer can be to allow the engine and damaged. When possible, always . release the parking brake. transmission to cool. park the rig on a flat surface. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Reduce speed and shift to a 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is lower gear before starting down a If parking the rig on a hill: clear of the chocks. long or steep downgrade. If the 4. Stop and have someone pick up 1. Press the brake pedal, but do transmission is not shifted down, the and store the chocks. not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn brakes might have to be used so the wheels into the curb if facing much that they would get hot and no downhill or into traffic if facing longer work well. uphill.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1) 9-42 Driving and Operating Maintenance When Trailer Changing a Tire When Trailer Towing Towing WARNING (Continued) The vehicle needs service more If the vehicle gets a flat tire while Ask your dealer for advice and often when pulling a trailer. See towing a trailer, be sure to secure information about towing a trailer Maintenance Schedule on the trailer and disconnect it from the with the vehicle. page 11‑3 for more information. vehicle before changing the tire. Things that are especially important Notice: Pulling a trailer in trailer operation are automatic Trailer Towing improperly can damage the transmission fluid, engine oil, belts, cooling system and brake system. vehicle and result in costly It is a good idea to inspect these { WARNING repairs not covered by the before and during the trip. vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer The driver can lose control when correctly, follow the advice in this Check periodically to see that all pulling a trailer if the correct section and see your dealer for hitch nuts and bolts are tight. equipment is not used or the important information about vehicle is not driven properly. towing a trailer with the vehicle. Engine Cooling When Trailer For example, if the trailer is too Towing The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is heavy, the brakes may not work equipped with the proper trailer The cooling system may temporarily well — or even at all. The driver towing equipment. To identify the overheat during severe operating and passengers could be trailering capacity of the vehicle, conditions. See Engine Overheating seriously injured. The vehicle read the information in “Weight of on page 10‑15. may also be damaged; the the Trailer” that appears later in this resulting repairs would not be section. Trailering is different than covered by the vehicle warranty. just driving the vehicle by itself. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in Trailering means changes in this section have been followed. handling, acceleration, braking, (Continued) durability and fuel economy.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1) Driving and Operating 9-43 Successful, safe trailering takes Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering correct equipment, and it has to be information or advice, or write us at How heavy can a trailer safely be? used properly. our Customer Assistance Offices. It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices The following information has many 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that on page 13‑3 for more information. time-tested, important trailering tips can be too heavy. and safety rules. Many of these are Weight of the Trailer Tongue important for the safety of the driver It depends on how the rig is used. and the passengers. So please read For example, speed, altitude, road The tongue load (A) of any trailer is this section carefully before pulling a grades, outside temperature and an important weight to measure trailer. how much the vehicle is used to pull because it affects the total gross a trailer are all important. It can weight of the vehicle. The Gross Load-pulling components such as Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the depend on any special equipment the engine, transmission, axles, curb weight of the vehicle, any on the vehicle, and the amount of wheel assemblies and tires are cargo carried in it, and the people tongue weight the vehicle can carry. forced to work harder against the who will be riding in the vehicle. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” drag of the added weight. The If there are a lot of options, later in this section for more engine is required to operate at equipment, passengers or cargo in information. relatively higher speeds and under the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue greater loads, generating extra heat. Maximum trailer weight is calculated weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer also adds considerably to assuming only the driver is in the will also reduce the trailer weight the wind resistance, increasing the tow vehicle and it has all the vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, pulling requirements. required trailering equipment. The the tongue load must be added to weight of additional optional the GVW because the vehicle will equipment, passengers and cargo in be carrying that weight, too. See the tow vehicle must be subtracted Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10 from the maximum trailer weight. for more information about the vehicles maximum load capacity.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1) 9-44 Driving and Operating Total Weight on the Vehicles . Will any holes be made in the Tires body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed? If there Be sure the vehicles tires are are, then be sure to seal the inflated to the upper limit for cold holes later when the hitch is tires. These numbers can be found removed. If the holes are not on the Certification/Tire label. See sealed, dirt, water, and deadly Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. carbon monoxide (CO) from the Make sure not to go over the GVW exhaust can get into the vehicle. limit for the vehicle, including the See Engine Exhaust on weight of the trailer tongue. page 9‑21 in the Index for more information. Towing Equipment Using a weight-carrying hitch, the Safety Chains trailer tongue (A) should weigh 10 to Hitches Always attach chains between the 15 percent of the total loaded trailer It is important to have the correct vehicle and the trailer. Cross the weight (B). hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large safety chains under the tongue of After loading the trailer, weigh trucks going by and rough roads are the trailer to help prevent the the trailer and then the tongue, a few reasons why the right hitch is tongue from contacting the road if it separately, to see if the weights are needed. Here are some rules to becomes separated from the hitch. proper. If they are not, adjustments follow: Instructions about safety chains might be made by moving some may be provided by the hitch . The rear bumper on the vehicle items around in the trailer. manufacturer or by the trailer is not intended for hitches. Do manufacturer. Follow the not attach rental hitches or other manufacturers recommendation bumper-type hitches to it. Use for attaching safety chains and do only a frame-mounted hitch that not attach them to the bumper. does not attach to the bumper.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1) Driving and Operating 9-45 Always leave just enough slack so Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the the rig can turn. Never allow safety vehicles 12‐volt battery, even if the chains to drag on the ground. Add-Ons vehicle is not operating. Trailer Brakes The vehicle has an airbag system. Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything Because the vehicle has antilock Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see brakes, do not try to tap into the Servicing the Airbag-Equipped vehicles hydraulic brake system. Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑31 and Adding If you do, both brake systems will electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped not work well, or at all. you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑31. Some electrical equipment can Does your trailer have its own damage the vehicle and the brakes? Be sure to read and follow damage would not be covered by the instructions for the trailer brakes the vehicles warranty. Some so you will be able to install, adjust add-on electrical equipment can and maintain them properly. keep other components from working as they should.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1) 9-46 Driving and Operating 2 NOTES
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1) Vehicle Care 10-1 Vehicle Care Overheated Engine Protection Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-27 Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-17 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-28 General Information Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-28 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 California Proposition Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Electrical System 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Electrical System California Perchlorate Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-21 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Lock Control Function Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Engine Compartment Fuse Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-22 Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Wiper Blade Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-34 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Tire Terminology and Automatic Transmission Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-11 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Tire Pressure Monitor Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-15 Signal, Sidemarker, and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1) 10-2 Vehicle Care When It Is Time for New Jump Starting General Information Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 For service and parts needs, visit Different Size Tires and Towing your dealer. You will receive Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-66 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Uniform Tire Quality Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Genuine GM parts have one of Wheel Alignment and Tire Appearance Care these marks: Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-51 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-61
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1) Vehicle Care 10-3 California Proposition California Perchlorate Accessories and 65 Warning Materials Requirements Modifications Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories or one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag making modifications to the vehicle known to the State of California to initiators, safety belt pretensioners, can affect vehicle performance and cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in safety, including such things as other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, airbags, braking, stability, ride and exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. handling, emissions systems, many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability perchlorate. control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1) 10-4 Vehicle Care Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service resulting from modifications or the work, use the proper service installation or use of non‐GM manual. It tells you much more certified parts, including control Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work than this manual can. To order the not covered under the terms of the proper service manual, see Service vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for { WARNING Publications Ordering Information on page 13‑11. affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on This vehicle has an airbag system. GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have Before attempting to do your own complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service service work, see Servicing the systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures page 3‑31. using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual Keep a record with all parts receipts installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any and list the mileage and the date of Also, see Adding Equipment to the service work. any service work performed. See Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Maintenance Records on page 3‑31. page 11‑13.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1) Vehicle Care 10-5 Hood 3. Lift the hood. To open the hood, do the following: Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then pull the hood down and close it firmly. 1. Pull the interior hood release handle with this symbol on it. It is located to the left of the parking brake pedal. 2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the secondary hood latch, located near the center of the hood front, by pushing the latch to the right.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1) 10-6 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1) Vehicle Care 10-7 A. Windshield Washer Fluid G. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of Engine Oil Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on View. See Cooling System on page 10‑18. page 10‑12. To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful B. Engine Compartment Fuse H. Transmission Fluid Cap. See attention must be paid to engine oil. Block on page 10‑29. Automatic Transmission Fluid Following these simple, but C. Battery on page 10‑21. on page 10‑10. important steps will help protect I. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See your investment: D. Power Steering Reservoir and Cap. See Power Steering Fluid Brakes on page 10‑18. . Always use engine oil approved on page 10‑17. J. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on to the proper specification and of page 10‑11. the proper viscosity grade. See E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Oil on page 10‑7. K. Coolant Surge Tank and in this section. F. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Pressure Cap. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑13. . Check the engine oil level Oil on page 10‑7. regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑10. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1) 10-8 Vehicle Care Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level It is a good idea to check the engine gets above the cross-hatched oil level at each fuel fill. In order to area that shows the proper get an accurate reading, the vehicle operating range, the engine could must be on level ground. The be damaged. You should drain engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow out the excess oil or limit driving loop. See Engine Compartment of the vehicle and seek a service Overview on page 10‑6 for the professional to remove the location of the engine oil dipstick. If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess amount of oil. Obtaining an accurate oil level area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil See Engine Compartment Overview reading is essential: and then recheck the level. See on page 10‑6 for the location of the 1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in engine oil fill cap. recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of Add enough oil to put the level allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine somewhere in the proper operating to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see range. Push the dipstick all the way Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on back in when through. after engine shutoff will not page 12‑2. provide an accurate oil level Selecting the Right Engine Oil reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil with a paper towel or cloth, then shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade. push it back in all the way. to the engine. If you find that See Recommended Fluids and Remove it again, keeping the tip you have an oil level above the Lubricants on page 11‑11. down, and check the level.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1) Vehicle Care 10-9 Specification Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Use and ask for licensed engine SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity recommended and could cause oils with the dexos1™ approved grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the certification mark. Engine oils other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. meeting the requirements for the SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. What to Do with Used Oil vehicle should have the dexos1 If in an area of extreme cold, where approved certification mark. This Used engine oil contains certain the temperature falls below −20°F elements that can be unhealthy for certification mark indicates that the (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should oil has been approved to the dexos1 your skin and could even cause be used. An oil of this viscosity cancer. Do not let used oil stay on specification. grade will provide easier cold your skin for very long. Clean your starting for the engine at extremely skin and nails with soap and water, low temperatures. When selecting or a good hand cleaner. Wash or an oil of the appropriate viscosity properly dispose of clothing or rags grade, always select an oil that containing used engine oil. See the meets the dexos1 specification or manufacturers warnings about the equivalent. See “Specification” for use and disposal of oil products. more information. Notice: Failure to use the Used oil can be a threat to the recommended engine oil or Engine Oil Additives/Engine environment. If you change your equivalent can result in engine Oil Flushes own oil, be sure to drain all the oil damage not covered by the from the filter before disposal. Never Do not add anything to the oil. The vehicle warranty. Check with your dispose of oil by putting it in the recommended oils with the dexos dealer or service provider on trash or pouring it on the ground, specification and displaying the whether the oil is approved to into sewers, or into streams or dexos certification mark are all that the dexos1 specification. bodies of water. Recycle it by taking is needed for good performance and it to a place that collects used oil. engine protection.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1) 10-10 Vehicle Care Engine Oil Life System be changed at least once a year 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET and, at this time, the system must button on the DIC for more than When to Change Engine Oil be reset. Your dealer has trained five seconds. The oil life will This vehicle has a computer system service people who will perform this change to 100%. that indicates when to change the work and reset the system. It is also If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine oil and filter. This is based important to check the oil regularly message comes back on when the on a combination of factors which over the course of an oil drain vehicle is started, the engine oil life include engine revolutions, engine interval and keep it at the proper system has not reset. Repeat the temperature, and miles driven. level. procedure. Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be Automatic Transmission indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change. Fluid the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life How to Check Automatic the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed. Transmission Fluid When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil It is not necessary to check the that oil life has been diminished, it Life System transmission fluid level. indicates that an oil change is A transmission fluid leak is the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the occurs, take the vehicle to your Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑30. system can calculate the next dealer and have it repaired as soon Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil change. Always reset the as possible. within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). engine oil life to 100% after every oil It is possible that, if driving under change. It will not reset itself. To There is a special procedure for the best conditions, the oil life reset the system: checking and changing the system might indicate that an oil transmission fluid. Because this 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING change is not necessary for up to a procedure is difficult, you should on the DIC. year. The engine oil and filter must have this done at your dealer.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1) Vehicle Care 10-11 Contact your dealer for additional When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air information or the procedure can be Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: found in the service manual. To purchase a service manual, see Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the Service Publications Ordering scheduled maintenance intervals Information on page 13‑11 and replace it at the first oil change after each (80 000 km (50,000 mi) Change the fluid and filter at the interval. See Maintenance Schedule intervals listed in Maintenance on page 11‑3 for more information. Schedule on page 11‑3, and be If driving in dusty/dirty conditions, sure to use the fluid listed in inspect the filter at each engine oil Recommended Fluids and change. Lubricants on page 11‑11. How to Inspect the Engine Air Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Cleaner/Filter The engine air cleaner/filter is To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 1. Unfasten the clips on top of the located in the engine compartment remove the filter from the vehicle engine air cleaner/filter housing. on the driver side of the vehicle. and lightly shake the filter to release See Engine Compartment Overview loose dust and dirt. If the filter 2. Lift the filter cover housing away on page 10‑6 for more information remains covered with dirt, a new from the engine. on location. filter is required. 3. Pull out the filter. 4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 5. Lower the filter cover housing toward the engine.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1) 10-12 Vehicle Care 6. Fasten the clips on the top of the When it is safe to lift the hood: housing to lock the cover in { WARNING place. Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very { WARNING hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Operating the engine with the air you can be burned. cleaner/filter off can cause you or Do not run the engine if there is a others to be burned. The air leak. If you run the engine, it cleaner not only cleans the air; it could lose all coolant. That could helps to stop flames if the engine cause an engine fire, and you backfires. Use caution when could be burned. Get any leak working on the engine and do not fixed before you drive the vehicle. drive with the air cleaner/filter off. A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out Notice: Using coolant other than Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is of View) DEX-COOL® can cause premature off, dirt can easily get into the B. Coolant Surge Tank and engine, heater core, or radiator engine, which could damage it. Pressure Cap corrosion. In addition, the engine Always have the air cleaner/filter coolant could require changing in place when you are driving. { WARNING sooner. Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cooling System An electric engine cooling fan Always use DEX-COOL under the hood can start up even (silicate-free) coolant in the The cooling system allows the vehicle. engine to maintain the correct when the engine is not running working temperature. and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1) Vehicle Care 10-13 . Protects against rust and Engine Coolant WARNING (Continued) corrosion. The cooling system in the vehicle is . Will not damage aluminum parts. filled with DEX-COOL® engine With plain water or the wrong coolant mixture. See Recommended mixture, the engine could get too . Helps keep the proper engine Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑11 hot but you would not get the temperature. and Maintenance Schedule on overheat warning. The engine Notice: If an improper coolant page 11‑3 for more information. could catch fire and you or others mixture is used, the engine could The following explains the cooling could be burned. Depending on overheat and be badly damaged. system and how to check and add the engine, use a 50/50 mixture The repair cost would not be coolant when it is low. If there is a of deionized water or clean, covered by the vehicle warranty. problem with engine overheating, drinkable water and DEX-COOL Too much deionized water or see Engine Overheating on coolant. clean, drinkable water in the page 10‑15. mixture can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core, and What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of deionized other parts. water or clean, drinkable water and Never dispose of engine coolant { WARNING DEX-COOL coolant. If using this mixture, nothing else needs to be by putting it in the trash, pouring it Adding only plain water or some added. on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. other liquid to the cooling system This mixture: Have the coolant changed by an can be dangerous. Plain water authorized service center, familiar and other liquids, can boil before . Gives freezing protection down to −37°C (−34°F), outside with legal requirements regarding the proper coolant mixture will. used coolant disposal. This will help temperature. The coolant warning system is set protect the environment and your . Gives boiling protection up to for the proper coolant mixture. health. (Continued) 129°C (265°F), engine temperature.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1) 10-14 Vehicle Care Checking Coolant If no coolant is visible in the coolant The vehicle must be on a level surge tank, add coolant as follows: { WARNING surface when checking the coolant How to Add Coolant to the An electric engine cooling fan level. Coolant Surge Tank under the hood can start up even Check to see if coolant is visible in when the engine is not running the coolant surge tank. If the coolant { WARNING and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until You can be burned if you spill from any underhood electric fan. it cools down. coolant on hot engine parts. If coolant is visible but the coolant Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts level is not at or above the mark pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of are hot enough. Do not spill { WARNING deionized water or clean drinkable coolant on a hot engine. Steam and scalding liquids from a water and DEX-COOL coolant. hot cooling system can blow out Be sure the cooling system is cool Notice: This vehicle has a and burn you badly. They are before this is done. specific coolant fill procedure. under pressure, and if you turn Failure to follow this procedure the surge tank pressure could cause the engine to cap — even a little — they can overheat and be severely come out at high speed. Never damaged. turn the cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap.
    • Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1) Vehicle Care 10-15 4. With the coolant surge tank cap indicate an overheated engine off, start the engine and let it run condition. See Engine Coolant until the upper radiator hose Temperature Gauge on page 5‑12 starts getting hot. Watch out for and Engine Cool